25.10.2014 Views

Paper - Academic Registry and Council Secretariat - Queen Mary ...

Paper - Academic Registry and Council Secretariat - Queen Mary ...

Paper - Academic Registry and Council Secretariat - Queen Mary ...

SHOW MORE
SHOW LESS

Create successful ePaper yourself

Turn your PDF publications into a flip-book with our unique Google optimized e-Paper software.

Taught Programmes Board<br />

A meeting of Taught Programmes Board will be held on Tuesday 31 January 2012 at 13.30<br />

in the Colette Bowe Room at Mile End Campus.<br />

Agenda<br />

Part 1 – Preliminary Items <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />

1. Welcome <strong>and</strong> Apologies N/A Prof. S Dilly<br />

2. Minutes of the Previous Meeting TPB2011-019 Prof. S Dilly<br />

3. Matters Arising From the Previous<br />

Meeting<br />

TPB2011-020<br />

Prof. S Dilly<br />

Part 2 – For Discussion <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />

4. Key Information Sets 2012/13 TPB2011-021 ARCS<br />

5. Integrated Masters Programmes TPB2011-022 ARCS<br />

6. Programme <strong>and</strong> Module Proposals:<br />

Signatures for forms<br />

7. University of London Institute in Paris:<br />

Background <strong>and</strong> progress report<br />

TPB2011-023<br />

TPB2011-024<br />

Prof. S Dilly<br />

Prof. S Dilly<br />

Part 3 – Programme Proposals <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />

Faculty of Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences<br />

8. School of Language, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />

MA Language Teaching <strong>and</strong> ten associated<br />

module proposals<br />

School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry<br />

TPB2011-025<br />

Dr Falco<br />

Pfalzgraf<br />

9. Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong> Molecular Science<br />

BSc (Intercalated) Global Public Health <strong>and</strong><br />

Primary Care <strong>and</strong> ten associated module<br />

proposals<br />

TPB2011-026<br />

Dr James<br />

Lancaster<br />

1


Part 4 – Programme Amendments <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />

School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry<br />

10. Barts Cancer Institute<br />

MSc Cancer Therapeutics TPB2011-027 Dr Simon Joel<br />

Part 5 – <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />

School of History<br />

11. MA History of Political Thought <strong>and</strong><br />

Intellectual History (joint award with UCL)<br />

TPB2011-028<br />

ARCS<br />

Part 6 – Collaborative Provision <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />

12. New Partner Due Diligence<br />

i. University of Western Australia – study<br />

abroad partnership<br />

TPB2011-029<br />

N/A<br />

ii.<br />

University of Illinois at Urbana – study<br />

abroad/exchange partnership<br />

TPB2011-030<br />

N/A<br />

Part 6 – Report of Proposals Approved by<br />

Schools/Institutes to Note<br />

13. Programme Amendments<br />

Module Proposals<br />

Module Amendments<br />

Module Withdrawals<br />

Part 7 – Report from the Marketing, Recruitment <strong>and</strong><br />

Admissions Group (MRAG) to Note<br />

<strong>Paper</strong><br />

TPB2011-031<br />

<strong>Paper</strong><br />

Led by<br />

N/A<br />

Led by<br />

14. Programme Withdrawals TPB2011-032 N/A<br />

Part 8 – Other business <strong>Paper</strong> Led by<br />

15. Any other business N/A Prof. S Dilly<br />

16. Dates of next meeting<br />

The meeting date of the Taught Programmes<br />

Board is Wednesday 29 th February 2012 (1-<br />

3pm).<br />

The deadline for papers for this meeting is<br />

Wednesday 8 th February 2012.<br />

2


TPB2011-019<br />

Taught Programmes Board<br />

Minutes of the meeting of the Taught Programmes Board held on Wednesday 23<br />

November 2011 at 11.00 in the Colette Bowe Room.<br />

UNCONFIRMED<br />

Present:<br />

Professor Susan Dilly (Chair)<br />

Dr Warren Boutcher Professor Ray Croucher Professor Peter McOwan<br />

Professor Omar Garcia-Obregon Dr Alastair Owens Dr Martha Prevezer<br />

Professor Olwyn Westwood Oscar Williamson<br />

In attendance:<br />

Dr Katherine Bevan Ken Chow (Secretary) Dr Gabriel Gari<br />

Alana Lythgoe<br />

Jane Pallant<br />

Apologies:<br />

Sam Brenton Dr Martin Carrier Professor Elizabeth<br />

Davenport<br />

Professor Joy Hinson Dr Henri Huijberts Dr Theo Kreouzis<br />

Professor Julia Shelton<br />

Dr Matthew Williamson<br />

Part 1 – Preliminary Items<br />

<strong>Paper</strong><br />

2. Minutes of the previous meeting TPB2011-014<br />

2011:015 The Board considered <strong>and</strong> confirmed the minutes of the previous meeting held on<br />

Wednesday 26 th October 2011, subject to a number of amendments to minute<br />

2011:006 relating to Key Information Sets.<br />

3. Matters Arising from the previous meeting TPB2011-015<br />

2011:016 The Board received a paper on the matters arising from the minutes of the previous<br />

(October) meeting of Taught Programmes Board. It was noted that there were a<br />

number of actions still to be addressed.<br />

Part 2 – For Discussion<br />

<strong>Paper</strong><br />

4. Key Information Sets 2012/13 Oral Report<br />

2011:017 The Board received an oral report <strong>and</strong> tabled paper regarding the Key Information<br />

Sets initiative. The following points were noted:<br />

3


TPB2011-019<br />

i. Key Information Sets (KIS) were comparable sets of st<strong>and</strong>ardised<br />

information about undergraduate courses, which Higher Education<br />

Institutions were required to make available to students <strong>and</strong> other interested<br />

third-parties.<br />

ii.<br />

iii.<br />

iv.<br />

A KIS would be required for each undergraduate course that was delivered<br />

full-time or part-time <strong>and</strong> that had a total duration of more than one year.<br />

However, there were a number of exceptions to this requirement, including:<br />

intercalated degrees; part-time courses that were also offered on a full-time<br />

basis; courses that were mainly offered overseas; <strong>and</strong> closed courses.<br />

KIS data would comprise the following areas of information that students<br />

had identified as useful: student satisfaction (derived from the NSS); course<br />

information; employment <strong>and</strong> salary data (from the DLHE survey);<br />

accommodation costs; financial information; <strong>and</strong> information from the<br />

Students’ Union.<br />

Information would be published by course stage, for example, 1 st Year BSc<br />

Geography.<br />

v. The data collection period would be run by ARCS from January to mid<br />

February 2012 to collect the course data (e.g. contact hours) which was not<br />

already captured in SIS.<br />

vi.<br />

vii.<br />

viii.<br />

ix.<br />

ARCS would develop further school/course-specific information including a<br />

draft template (based on KIS requirements) for use in the data collection<br />

exercise, which would be issued by Tuesday 13 th December 2011. This<br />

would also detail how the information supplied for the KIS fitted together with<br />

existing data that was provided for the Student Information System (SIS)<br />

<strong>and</strong> for Taught Programmes Board.<br />

Action: ARCS<br />

HEFCE guidance stated that institutions could opt to use either actual<br />

2011/12 data or predicted 2012/13 data for all course learning <strong>and</strong> teaching<br />

assessment activities. There was also scope to submit both actual <strong>and</strong><br />

predicted data for different disciplines provided that there was not a mix of<br />

data for the same programme.<br />

Three categories of learning <strong>and</strong> teaching methods had been developed by<br />

the Quality Assurance Agency: scheduled learning <strong>and</strong> teaching activities;<br />

guided independent study; <strong>and</strong> placement/study abroad. Further information<br />

was available in the tabled paper, <strong>and</strong> in references contained within.<br />

Collection of the KIS was m<strong>and</strong>atory <strong>and</strong> would be reviewed on an annual<br />

basis.<br />

x. Members of the Board questioned how other institutions would respond to<br />

the KIS <strong>and</strong> wider discussion within the sector regarding contact hours.<br />

Such detailed information from competitors was hard to obtain.<br />

xi.<br />

xii.<br />

A consistent <strong>and</strong> rational application of contact hours for different discipline<br />

areas should be adopted by <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>.<br />

Information relating to contact hours <strong>and</strong> costs for competitor provision had<br />

been collated by the 2012 Group <strong>and</strong> revealed a number of notable<br />

differences.<br />

4


xiii.<br />

xiv.<br />

xv.<br />

xvi.<br />

xvii.<br />

xviii.<br />

xix.<br />

xx.<br />

xxi.<br />

xxii.<br />

xxiii.<br />

TPB2011-019<br />

The nature of teaching <strong>and</strong> learning methods <strong>and</strong> the proportion of time<br />

spent in such activities would be collected from Schools on a module basis.<br />

The Year Abroad programme with the School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong><br />

Film could present issues with regards to contact hours, which might vary<br />

according to different educational systems operating within countries.<br />

<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> was currently exploring the purchase of the SITS component<br />

that was being developed by Tribal for the KIS. Using the Tribal KIS<br />

component would complement the existing SIS framework at QMUL <strong>and</strong><br />

present a number of advantages for the collection <strong>and</strong> validation of data.<br />

The acquisition of the SITS component was being explored with IT Services<br />

<strong>and</strong> was fully supported by the Board.<br />

HEFCE were reserving the right to audit any of the information <strong>and</strong> data that<br />

would be used to support the KIS <strong>and</strong> intended to carry out audits at a<br />

selection of institutions to assess the accuracy of the information used in the<br />

KIS.<br />

HEFCE had provided a provisional timetable concerning the creation <strong>and</strong><br />

publication of the 2012 KIS. The submission system for data collection<br />

would open during March 2012 with the final deadline for the submission of<br />

KIS data set as August 2012. Institutions would be able to preview the new<br />

official website with KIS <strong>and</strong> associated widgets from September 2012. The<br />

data can be viewed <strong>and</strong> signed-off by the institution in August prior to the<br />

system going live in September.<br />

Board members acknowledged the importance of embedding KIS widgets<br />

<strong>and</strong> data onto <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> web pages, particularly as this would allow<br />

Schools to put information relating to contact hours into context of the<br />

discipline. It was understood that <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Senior Executive Group<br />

would agree the institutional approach for this information.<br />

The further school/course-specific information, including the draft template<br />

for data collection that would be produced by ARCS by Tuesday 13 th<br />

December 2011 should be considered by the 2012 Group before it was<br />

circulated to schools.<br />

Following discussion with representatives from Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering,<br />

Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences, <strong>and</strong> the School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry it<br />

was suggested that it would be favourable to use actual, rather than<br />

predicted data. The process for verifying predicted data was debated, as this<br />

was currently unclear.<br />

There was a consensus from Board members that the decision to use actual<br />

or predicted data should be informed by the consideration of actual data <strong>and</strong><br />

whether the information relating to contact hours appeared acceptable.<br />

Using predicted data could have implications on shifting forward the<br />

timescales for the collection of data from schools, although there was a<br />

fallback position if predicted data was used.<br />

ARCS was intending to email the Head of School <strong>and</strong> School Administration<br />

Managers to nominate a member of staff to act as a key contact for KIS<br />

data. This nominee would need to be familiar with undergraduate course<br />

provision within the respective school <strong>and</strong> possess an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of SIS.<br />

The tabled KIS paper presented to the Board would also be circulated by the<br />

5


Deans for Taught Programmes.<br />

TPB2011-019<br />

xxiv.<br />

xxv.<br />

Any specific issues identified for programmes relating to contact hours within<br />

Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering, Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences, <strong>and</strong> the School<br />

of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry should be forwarded to Jane Pallant <strong>and</strong><br />

Katherine Bevan. These issues could then be discussed further at an<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Registrars <strong>Council</strong> (ARC) KIS event being held on December 1 st .<br />

Action: All Schools / JP / KB<br />

Given that information relating to programme fees would form part of the KIS<br />

the Board questioned whether the extra costs of programmes would be<br />

included (e.g. bench fees). This was currently unclear.<br />

5. Integrated Masters Programmes Oral Report<br />

2011:018 The Board received an update regarding the internal st<strong>and</strong>ardisation of integrated<br />

masters awards. The Board noted the following:<br />

i. The paper produced by ARCS relating to Integrated Masters Programmes<br />

had been circulated for comment to colleagues within the Faculty of Science<br />

<strong>and</strong> Engineering.<br />

ii.<br />

iii.<br />

Both the School of Geography <strong>and</strong> Mathematical Sciences had expressed<br />

support for the proposals made.<br />

Feedback from all schools affected by the proposals would be considered at<br />

the January meeting of TPB <strong>and</strong>, following, further comments by the Board<br />

would go to the March meeting of Senate.<br />

Action: ARCS<br />

6. Collaborative Provision Proposals: draft guidance <strong>and</strong> forms TPB2011-016<br />

2011:019 The Board considered draft guidance <strong>and</strong> forms relating to proposals for<br />

collaborative provision <strong>and</strong> noted the following:<br />

i. The processes for the approval of new collaborative provision proposals had<br />

been revised for 2011/12, in order to harmonise them with the new<br />

arrangements for programme <strong>and</strong> module approval introduced this year.<br />

ii.<br />

iii.<br />

iv.<br />

Board Members debated where the responsibility for approval of the partner<br />

should rest.<br />

Under the proposed arrangement QMSE would receive a summary of<br />

information relating to the partnership with no senior institutional committee<br />

having considered, scrutinised <strong>and</strong> approved the detailed level information.<br />

Consequently, it was agreed that TPB should receive <strong>and</strong> approve the more<br />

detailed due diligence information for Stage 1 proposals. This would be<br />

made following QMSE consideration of the reputational aspect of an<br />

institution in terms of strategic level approval.<br />

The brief summary that is to be submitted to QMSE, including the<br />

identification of risks, must be considered in advance of TPB scrutinising the<br />

due diligence information provided in Stage 1 <strong>and</strong> Stage 2 approval being<br />

considered. However, Stage 1 <strong>and</strong> Stage 2 approval could be considered in<br />

parallel at TPB.<br />

6


TPB2011-019<br />

v. TPB would be able to commission expertise from other departments as<br />

necessary to look at particular areas that may require specialist advice e.g.<br />

finance <strong>and</strong> health <strong>and</strong> safety.<br />

vi.<br />

ARCS would amend the draft guidance <strong>and</strong> forms to take into account of<br />

feedback from Board members.<br />

Action: ARCS<br />

Part 3 – Programme Proposals<br />

<strong>Paper</strong><br />

Faculty of Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences<br />

7. Centre for Commercial Law Studies<br />

LLM Paris (Part 2) <strong>and</strong> 24 associated module proposals<br />

TPB2011-017<br />

2011:020 The Board considered a Part 2 programme proposal for the LLM Paris <strong>and</strong> 24<br />

associated module proposals detailed above. The following points were noted:<br />

i. The LLM Paris was a new initiative that involved collaboration with the<br />

University of London in Paris (ULIP). However, the LLM award would still be<br />

a <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> (QM) award <strong>and</strong> as such QM would retain overall responsibly<br />

for the quality assurance of the programme <strong>and</strong> management of academic<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ards. The programme would be taught <strong>and</strong> assessed in English.<br />

ii.<br />

iii.<br />

iv.<br />

Success of the LLM programme in London had, in part, prompted the<br />

development of the LLM Paris. In addition, there was a reasonable belief<br />

that a large number of French <strong>and</strong> other European practitioners would want<br />

to develop expertise in a niche area but did not have the time to study full<br />

time in London. The programme would therefore not be exclusive to British<br />

students <strong>and</strong> would have more of an international focus. The programme<br />

had broader strategic importance to the Faculty of Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social<br />

Sciences <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> as a whole.<br />

There would be four areas of specialisation offered on the LLM Paris:<br />

Banking <strong>and</strong> Finance Law; Intellectual Property Law; Comparative <strong>and</strong><br />

International Dispute Resolution; <strong>and</strong> International Business Law.<br />

Teaching would be concentrated in the evenings <strong>and</strong>/or weekends.<br />

v. Comments from both external advisors were extremely positive <strong>and</strong> the<br />

issues identified by externals relating to language support <strong>and</strong> support for<br />

module selection had now been addressed. The programme team had also<br />

been in touch with the Careers Service <strong>and</strong> was exploring the possibility of<br />

setting up a system of alumni ambassadors who would give advice <strong>and</strong><br />

support to colleagues from their own jurisdictions.<br />

vi.<br />

vii.<br />

There were ongoing discussions with the French Bar to ascertain whether<br />

they would endorse the LLM Paris programme.<br />

The Board sought clarity as to whether there was support from staff to<br />

deliver modules in Paris within CCLS. This was confirmed as accurate <strong>and</strong> a<br />

number of module proposals from current staff had been put forward to TPB.<br />

The Director of CCLS had also encouraged staff to become involved in the<br />

delivery of modules.<br />

7


TPB2011-019<br />

viii.<br />

ix.<br />

The business case for a Programme Director had been made <strong>and</strong> it was<br />

highly likely that this appointment would go ahead. Given the key nature of<br />

this role the Board stipulated that a condition of approval was that a<br />

Programme Director should be appointed.<br />

The LLM Paris would have an IELTS score of 7 as an entry requirement <strong>and</strong><br />

this should be made clear within the Programme Specification. The<br />

Programme Specification should also be revisited <strong>and</strong> amended to ensure<br />

that it was appropriately tailored towards students. Currently, there were<br />

certain sections, such as the programme structure section that were more<br />

tailored towards academic <strong>and</strong> professional staff. In addition, a number of<br />

other minor documentary issues were highlighted by the Board <strong>and</strong> would<br />

be followed up outside of the meeting.<br />

Action: CCLS<br />

x. Documentation relating to the partnership arrangements with ULIP was<br />

required to formally detail the resources <strong>and</strong> support that would be provided<br />

for the programme. This documentation should come to the January meeting<br />

of TPB.<br />

Action: CCLS<br />

xi.<br />

xii.<br />

The learning outcomes for the modules detailed below would benefit form<br />

enhancement to reflect level 7 learning outcomes:<br />

a. Banking Law I (International <strong>and</strong> Comparative Banking Regulation)<br />

b. Banking Law II (Banking Services Law)<br />

c. Ethics in Business <strong>and</strong> Finance<br />

d. Legal Aspects of International Finance I (Syndicated Lending)<br />

e. Legal Aspects of International Finance II (Securitisation <strong>and</strong> Bonds)<br />

Action: CCLS<br />

The Board approved the Part 2 programme proposal for the LLM Paris <strong>and</strong><br />

24 associated module proposals, subject to the items detailed above in<br />

points ix-xi <strong>and</strong> receipt of documentation relating to the partnership<br />

arrangements with ULIP. The School should submit a revised Programme<br />

Specification, <strong>and</strong> Module Proposal forms. The revised documentation<br />

would be considered outside of the Board by Chair’s Action.<br />

Action: CCLS / Chair<br />

Part 4 – Report of Proposals Approved by Schools/Institutes to Note<br />

<strong>Paper</strong><br />

8. Programme Amendments<br />

Programme Suspensions<br />

Module Proposals<br />

Module Amendments<br />

Module Withdrawals<br />

TPB2011-018<br />

2011:021 The Board noted a report of decisions made by Schools/Institutes of changes to<br />

their curricula for the period 05/010/2011 – 02/11/2011. This comprised four module<br />

amendments <strong>and</strong> one programme amendment.<br />

Part 5 – Other business<br />

<strong>Paper</strong><br />

8


TPB2011-019<br />

9. Any other business N/A<br />

MClinDent Programmes<br />

TPB2011-019<br />

2011:022 The Board discussed an issue relating to UK Border Agency (UKBA) compliance<br />

with the associate year following the MClinDent programmes <strong>and</strong> noted the<br />

following:<br />

i. The Institute of Dentistry offered an optional one year full-time associate<br />

training programme to suitable graduates from its MClinDent awards.<br />

Through investigation it had become apparent that the details of this<br />

associate programme were not fully reflected on SIS, although the<br />

programme was UKBA compliant. In order to address this issue a<br />

programme amendment had been proposed to revise the award title for six<br />

programme titles (detailed in the paper) to Postgraduate Taught Associate<br />

(Entry to RCS Membership Award).<br />

ii.<br />

iii.<br />

iv.<br />

Memor<strong>and</strong>a of Underst<strong>and</strong>ing/Agreement (MoU/A) needed to be developed<br />

with a Royal College of Surgeons (RCS) to strengthen <strong>and</strong> formalise the<br />

partnership nature of this provision. There was already a MoU in place with<br />

the RCS Edinburgh for the conjoined three year Prosthodontics programme,<br />

<strong>and</strong> RCS(Ed) had indicated that they would be minded to formally exp<strong>and</strong><br />

the partnership to these programmes. It was understood that the RCS(Ed)<br />

was seen as the preferred professional body to partner with for the Institute<br />

of Dentistry due to superior quality assurance mechanisms <strong>and</strong> its<br />

willingness to recognise a number of QM programmes.<br />

The Board approved the programme amendment on the underst<strong>and</strong>ing that<br />

a Memor<strong>and</strong>a of Underst<strong>and</strong>ing/Agreement (MoU/A) would be developed<br />

with a Royal College of Surgeons to formalise the partnership for the<br />

programmes.<br />

Action: IoD / ARCS<br />

The Board recognised that the UKBA Tier 4 rules could have further<br />

implications for other continuing professional development courses that do<br />

not have an award attached to them. As such, it was suggested that the<br />

School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry Postgraduate Education Board might wish<br />

to examine other courses <strong>and</strong> identify any issues with regards to the status<br />

of awards.<br />

Action: SMD / ARCS<br />

Mark Conversion for Study Abroad Programmes<br />

2011:023 The Board discussed the mechanism used for the conversion of marks for study<br />

abroad programmes noted the following:<br />

i. Marks for the study abroad element of a programme were converted at a<br />

local level within schools with the final converted mark then entered on SIS.<br />

ii.<br />

There was some disparity in terms of the conversion scale currently used<br />

whereby a pass mark at <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> equated to a fail mark in France. This<br />

had led to discussions within the French Department <strong>and</strong> a proposal was<br />

being developed to change the marking scheme used. It was expressed that<br />

external examiners should be consulted <strong>and</strong> that a report on the proposed<br />

new marking scheme could be submitted to TPB to ensure that the process<br />

would operate effectively.<br />

9


TPB2011-019<br />

Action: SLLF<br />

10. Date of next meeting<br />

2011:024 The meeting date of the Taught Programmes Board is Tuesday 31st January 2012<br />

(1-3pm).<br />

The deadline for papers for this meeting is Tuesday 10th January 2012.<br />

10


Matters Arising Action Sheet<br />

<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />

TPB 26 th October 2011<br />

TPB 23 rd November 2011<br />

Key<br />

= Completed (<strong>and</strong> approved)<br />

= Outst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />

Action Points for Board Members<br />

Minute Action Details Progress / Comments Responsibility<br />

2010:215 /<br />

2011:007<br />

[June<br />

PMAB /<br />

October<br />

TPB]<br />

There should be further consultation at School level within Schools in<br />

Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering <strong>and</strong> the School of Geography<br />

on the implications of the changes proposed in the Integrated<br />

Masters paper, <strong>and</strong> the issues raised at the Board, including those<br />

regarding rationalising the classification weightings, for integrated<br />

masters awards. The outcome of these discussions should be<br />

reported to the Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering Dean for Taught<br />

Programmes Advisory Group (DTPAG), with representation from the<br />

School of Geography, with a view to making firm recommendations<br />

including feasible timescales to the Board.<br />

The outcome of the consultation <strong>and</strong> a draft<br />

implementation plan are covered in paper<br />

TPB2011-022<br />

All Schools in<br />

Science <strong>and</strong><br />

Engineering<br />

<strong>and</strong> the<br />

School of<br />

Geography<br />

2011:017<br />

[November<br />

TPB]<br />

Further school/course-specific information including a draft template<br />

(based on KIS requirements) for data collection would be developed<br />

by Tuesday 13 th December 2011. This would also detail how the<br />

information supplied for the KIS fitted together with existing data that<br />

was provided for the Student Information System (SIS) <strong>and</strong> for<br />

Taught Programmes Board.<br />

In progress, course data collection exercise<br />

has been distributed to Schools <strong>and</strong> the<br />

second data collection exercise is due to be<br />

distributed.<br />

ARCS<br />

2011:019<br />

[November<br />

TPB]<br />

The draft guidance <strong>and</strong> forms for collaborative provision proposals<br />

would be amended to take into account of feedback from Board<br />

members.<br />

Complete, guidance <strong>and</strong> forms published on<br />

the web site<br />

ARCS<br />

11


2011:023<br />

[November<br />

TPB]<br />

A report on the proposed new marking scheme for Study Abroad<br />

programmes would be submitted to TPB to ensure that the process<br />

would operate effectively.<br />

Outst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />

<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />

SLLF<br />

Programmes<br />

Programme Proposals<br />

Minute Programme Details Action Progress / Comments Responsibility Programme<br />

Organiser<br />

2010:134<br />

[April<br />

MSc Digital Signal<br />

Processing<br />

(University of<br />

Further information was requested regarding<br />

the nature of the collaboration between<br />

<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> <strong>and</strong> the University of London’s<br />

PMAB] London) (Part 2) International Academy. This information<br />

MSc Digital Music should be submitted to the next meeting of Outst<strong>and</strong>ing SEECS Jane Reid<br />

Technology<br />

PMAB on the 25 th May.<br />

(University of<br />

London) (Part 2)<br />

2010:243<br />

[July<br />

PMAB]<br />

MA English Studies<br />

(Part 2) <strong>and</strong> 1<br />

associated module<br />

proposal<br />

Revisions to the current training elements<br />

associated with the MA English Studies<br />

programme <strong>and</strong> their incorporation into<br />

existing core modules would be considered<br />

by the Board mid-way through 2011/12.<br />

Outst<strong>and</strong>ing (to be<br />

submitted mid-way through<br />

2011/12)<br />

School of<br />

English <strong>and</strong><br />

Drama<br />

Chris Reid<br />

2010:246<br />

[July<br />

PMAB]<br />

Master of Public<br />

Administration (Part<br />

1)<br />

The proposed non-st<strong>and</strong>ard fees required<br />

clarification <strong>and</strong> approval from Costing <strong>and</strong><br />

Pricing Group.<br />

A joint working statement between the School<br />

of Economics <strong>and</strong> Finance the School of<br />

Politics <strong>and</strong> International Relations should be<br />

provided to clarify the responsibilities of the<br />

respective schools. This should be articulated<br />

within the Part 2 submission.<br />

Outst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />

School of<br />

Economics<br />

<strong>and</strong> Finance<br />

George<br />

Kapetanios<br />

2010:248 MSc International The differentiation between the three Outst<strong>and</strong>ing Blizard Trisha<br />

12


<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />

Minute Programme Details Action Progress / Comments Responsibility Programme<br />

Organiser<br />

programmes should be detailed in the Part 2<br />

Institute Greenhalgh<br />

[July<br />

PMAB]<br />

submissions.<br />

Primary Health Care,<br />

FT/PT/DL (Part 1)<br />

MSc International<br />

Public Health,<br />

FT/PT/DL (Part 1)<br />

MSc Health Systems<br />

<strong>and</strong> Global Policy,<br />

FT/PT/DL (Part 1)<br />

A joint working statement should be provided<br />

to clarify the responsibilities of the respective<br />

schools involved in the programme. This<br />

should be provided with the Part 2<br />

submission.<br />

The decision to offer both a Postgraduate<br />

Diploma <strong>and</strong> Postgraduate Certificate for all<br />

three programmes should be made clear<br />

within the following Part 2 Submissions.<br />

The proposed non-st<strong>and</strong>ard fees required<br />

approval By the Costing <strong>and</strong> Pricing Group<br />

<strong>and</strong>. Fees for the Postgraduate Diploma <strong>and</strong><br />

Postgraduate Certificate awards would also<br />

required clarification <strong>and</strong> approval.<br />

2011:008<br />

[October<br />

TPB]<br />

MSc in Banking (Part<br />

2) <strong>and</strong> MSc in<br />

Business Finance<br />

(Part 2)<br />

A revised Part 2 Programme Proposal form,<br />

Programme Specification, <strong>and</strong> Module<br />

Proposal forms should be submitted taking<br />

into account the following:<br />

• The programme specification should<br />

be revised to clarify the dissertation<br />

assessors, <strong>and</strong> the final section - links<br />

with employers etc - should be updated<br />

to refer to the correct programme<br />

learning outcomes.<br />

• The Part 2 form should be revised to<br />

describe the arrangements for<br />

detecting plagiarism that would be in<br />

place.<br />

Completed<br />

School of<br />

Economics &<br />

Finance<br />

George<br />

Makedonis<br />

13


<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />

Minute Programme Details Action Progress / Comments Responsibility Programme<br />

Organiser<br />

• The learning outcomes for the two new<br />

modules referred to a literature-based<br />

project, however the module would be<br />

assessed by examinations <strong>and</strong> this<br />

should be clarified.<br />

• The programme level learning<br />

outcomes should be enhanced to<br />

reflect dem<strong>and</strong>/depth at level 7.<br />

2011:010<br />

[October<br />

TPB]<br />

LLM Law <strong>and</strong><br />

Economics (Part 2)<br />

A revised Programme Specification, service<br />

level agreement, <strong>and</strong> Module Proposal forms<br />

should be submitted taking into account the<br />

following:<br />

• The assessment methods described in<br />

the documentation. The programme<br />

specification stated that a wide variety<br />

of assessment methods would be<br />

employed which was queried by the<br />

Board. The new compulsory modules<br />

were assessed only by examination, as<br />

were a number of the optional<br />

modules, <strong>and</strong> depending on student<br />

choice they could follow an<br />

assessment regime that comprised<br />

exam <strong>and</strong> dissertation only.<br />

Consideration should be given to the<br />

assessment methods on the<br />

compulsory modules.<br />

• The service level agreement should be<br />

revised to fully explain the mechanisms<br />

for working collaboratively between the<br />

two schools; to clarify the programme<br />

structure <strong>and</strong> credits required (as<br />

Programme Specification<br />

revised to take into account<br />

comments regarding<br />

assessment methods.<br />

The service level agreement<br />

had been revised <strong>and</strong><br />

submitted.<br />

CCLS<br />

Leon<br />

Vinokur<br />

14


<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />

Minute Programme Details Action Progress / Comments Responsibility Programme<br />

Organiser<br />

detailed in the programme<br />

specification); <strong>and</strong> to update the<br />

module titles to match those in the<br />

programme specification.<br />

2011:011<br />

[October<br />

TPB]<br />

2011:020<br />

[November<br />

TPB]<br />

MSc Mathematical<br />

Finance (Part 2)<br />

LLM Paris (Part 2)<br />

<strong>and</strong> 24 associated<br />

module proposals<br />

A joint working statement, a revised<br />

Programme Specification, <strong>and</strong> Module<br />

Proposal forms should be submitted taking<br />

into account a number of points detailed in<br />

the minutes.<br />

A revised Programme Specification <strong>and</strong><br />

Module Proposal forms should be submitted<br />

taking into account the following:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The IELTS score of 7 should be made<br />

clear within the Programme<br />

Specification.<br />

The Programme Specification should<br />

be revisited <strong>and</strong> amended to ensure<br />

that it was appropriately tailored<br />

towards students. Currently, there<br />

were certain sections, such as the<br />

programme structure section that were<br />

more tailored towards academic <strong>and</strong><br />

professional staff. A number of other<br />

minor documentary issues were<br />

highlighted by the Board <strong>and</strong> would be<br />

followed up outside of the meeting.<br />

Documentation relating to the<br />

partnership arrangements with ULIP<br />

was required to formally detail the<br />

resources <strong>and</strong> support that would be<br />

provided for the programme. This<br />

documentation should come to the<br />

January meeting of TPB.<br />

The learning outcomes for the<br />

Complete<br />

In progress – <strong>Paper</strong><br />

TPB2011-024 provides<br />

background information <strong>and</strong><br />

progress report on ULIP<br />

activities, further information<br />

on LLM Paris due for<br />

February TPB<br />

School of<br />

Mathematical<br />

Sciences<br />

CCLS<br />

Christian<br />

Beck/Vivien<br />

Easson<br />

Gabriel Gari<br />

15


<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />

Minute Programme Details Action Progress / Comments Responsibility Programme<br />

Organiser<br />

modules detailed below would benefit<br />

form enhancement to reflect level 7<br />

learning outcomes:<br />

a. Banking Law I (International<br />

<strong>and</strong> Comparative Banking<br />

Regulation)<br />

b. Banking Law II (Banking<br />

Services Law)<br />

c. Ethics in Business <strong>and</strong><br />

Finance<br />

d. Legal Aspects of International<br />

Finance I (Syndicated Lending)<br />

e. Legal Aspects of International<br />

Finance II (Securitisation <strong>and</strong><br />

Bonds)<br />

Programme Amendments<br />

2011:022<br />

[November<br />

TPB]<br />

MClinDent<br />

Programmes<br />

A Memor<strong>and</strong>a of Underst<strong>and</strong>ing/Agreement<br />

(MoU/A) would be developed with a Royal<br />

College of Surgeons to formalise the<br />

partnership for the programmes.<br />

The School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry<br />

Postgraduate Education Board might wish to<br />

examine other courses <strong>and</strong> identify any<br />

issues with regards to the status of awards.<br />

The proposal was not<br />

supported by the RCS. An<br />

alternative model is being<br />

considered which will be<br />

brought to TPB in due<br />

course.<br />

Outst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />

Institute of<br />

Dentistry /<br />

ARCS<br />

Modules<br />

Module Proposals<br />

16


[July<br />

PMAB]<br />

<strong>Paper</strong> TPB2011-020<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31-01-12<br />

Minute Module Details Action Progress / Comments Responsibility Module<br />

Organiser<br />

2010:261 Semester Abroad – The specified assessment for the module did<br />

Portuguese Erasmus not equate to 100% <strong>and</strong> this required<br />

Study Placement attention.<br />

The proposal stated that st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment would be used <strong>and</strong> therefore<br />

students would not be reassessed abroad<br />

<strong>and</strong> this was out of line with other courses<br />

within the School of Languages, Linguistics<br />

<strong>and</strong> Film. This required further consideration.<br />

Outst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />

Languages,<br />

Linguistics<br />

<strong>and</strong> Film<br />

TBC<br />

17


TPB2011-022<br />

Key Information Sets – January 2012<br />

Context<br />

This paper summarises recent progress in the area of Key Information Sets since the<br />

November 2011 Taught Programmes Board (TPB) meeting.<br />

KIS contacts<br />

Schools responded to the request made by ARCS at the November TPB to nominate<br />

a member (or members) of staff (either academic or administrative) who has some<br />

familiarity with the school undergraduate course portfolio, <strong>and</strong> SIS, to be the main<br />

contact for all KIS related correspondence for their school.<br />

Dissemination of Information<br />

It was originally intended that further school/course-specific information (including a<br />

draft template for the data collection) would be circulated to schools by 13 December.<br />

Since it was announced at the <strong>Academic</strong> Registrars <strong>Council</strong> (ARC) Key Information<br />

Set event on 1 December that HESA were to publish revised technical guidance on<br />

the 15 December, the distribution of information to schools was delayed until<br />

Semester B in order to take account of this revised guidance.<br />

The paper (Key Information Sets – Update) was presented at the Recruitment <strong>and</strong><br />

Admissions Task <strong>and</strong> Finish Group (RATFG) on 12 December <strong>and</strong> provided<br />

information on the data to be collected from schools at course (programme) <strong>and</strong><br />

module level. It explained that the data would be collected in two parts during the<br />

period January to mid- February 2012 <strong>and</strong> this timeframe was subsequently<br />

communicated to schools on 14 December. This plan was illustrated within the paper<br />

using data provided by the School of Geography.<br />

For part 1, data collected at the course level will used to ascertain whether a KIS<br />

dataset is required to be produced.<br />

For part 2, data will be collected at the module level <strong>and</strong> then be used to calculate<br />

the course stage (“year of study”) parameters such as the percentage of time spent<br />

in different teaching <strong>and</strong> learning activities, <strong>and</strong> the percentage of assessments by<br />

type for a typical student path per year of study of each course for which a KIS has to<br />

be produced.<br />

As of 16 January, schools have been contacted (via the School KIS contacts) with<br />

the request to complete the part 1 (course level) data collection by 27 January.<br />

Schools will be contacted during the week beginning 16 January with information <strong>and</strong><br />

a request to complete the module level data collection by ~mid February (dates to be<br />

confirmed). The newly recruited temporary project assistant Miss Bismah Zubairi<br />

(b.zubairi@qmul.ac.uk) will act as the first point of contact.<br />

18


TPB2011-022<br />

Student Information System (SIS) KIS Component<br />

QMUL have now purchased the SIS component that has been developed by Tribal<br />

for the storage <strong>and</strong> analysis of KIS data. This will enable QMUL to use the<br />

programme <strong>and</strong> module information already stored in SIS which itself has already<br />

been scrutinised at school level, by the <strong>Academic</strong> Quality <strong>and</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards Officers,<br />

<strong>and</strong> then noted (or further scrutinised) at the TPB. In the longer term, this will allow<br />

the KIS data to sit alongside other definitive programme <strong>and</strong> module information<br />

contained within SIS. In addition this component will naturally link within SIS to<br />

information that is already being used to inform the institution HESA <strong>and</strong> HESES<br />

statutory returns.<br />

Katherine Bevan, along with two members of the SIS Project team will be attending a<br />

one day Tribal SITS KIS User Group event at the University of Surrey on 9 February.<br />

The items for discussion are:<br />

• Information requirements<br />

• Key aspects of the Tribal KIS solution<br />

• Generating <strong>and</strong> validating the KIS dataset return<br />

Katherine Bevan will be working with a visiting consultant from Tribal on 29 February<br />

for an initial consultancy day to support the setting up of the SITS KIS component at<br />

QMUL. Further consultancy days will be scheduled at that point.<br />

Contact<br />

Katherine Bevan, Assistant <strong>Academic</strong> Registrar – <strong>Academic</strong> Model, Programmes <strong>and</strong><br />

Modules (k.bevan@qmul.ac.uk).<br />

Bismah Zubairi, Project Assistant – Programme Information (b.zubairi@qmul.ac.uk).<br />

19


TPB2011-022<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />

<strong>Paper</strong> Title<br />

Outcome requested<br />

Integrated Masters Programmes: outcome of consultation <strong>and</strong><br />

implementation plan<br />

Taught Programmes Board is asked to consider the outcomes<br />

of the consultation <strong>and</strong> make recommendations to Senate.<br />

Taught Programmes Board is also asked to consider <strong>and</strong><br />

comment on the issues raised in the paper <strong>and</strong> the plan for<br />

implementation.<br />

Executive Summary<br />

QMUL is reviewing the structures <strong>and</strong> academic regulations<br />

relating to its integrated masters programmes, with the aim of<br />

achieving greater consistency with practice in the sector.<br />

A consultation took place with the relevant Schools in<br />

December 2012, <strong>and</strong> broad support for the changes was<br />

secured. The consultation raised some issues <strong>and</strong> queries<br />

regarding the practical implications of the changes, <strong>and</strong> these<br />

are included for discussion by the Board.<br />

A suggested recommendation for Senate is included, along<br />

with a draft implementation plan, timescales <strong>and</strong> procedures.<br />

This proposal was also circulate to all relevant School<br />

Director’s of Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching for further comments<br />

prior to consideration at the Board.<br />

Author<br />

Alana Lythgoe<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>and</strong> Quality Officer<br />

20


Integrated Masters Programmes<br />

Outcome of Consultation <strong>and</strong> Implementation Plan<br />

Background<br />

1. Proposals to move towards greater conformity with practice in the higher education<br />

sector regarding QMUL’s integrated masters programmes have been under discussion in<br />

the last few years, with significant debate being held at Faculty Boards in 2009. At the<br />

end of 2010/11 Programme <strong>and</strong> Module Approval Board requested a re-appraisal of the<br />

issue <strong>and</strong> a proposal to change integrated masters programmes, their regulations, <strong>and</strong><br />

curriculum structure. This was prompted by a request from the School of Physics <strong>and</strong><br />

Astronomy to adjust the pass mark from 40% to 50% for the current cohort of students on<br />

the final year of the Physics MSci programmes.<br />

2. At its meeting in October 2011 Taught Programmes Board (TPB) discussed the issues in<br />

working towards conformity, internally <strong>and</strong> with the sector, around two characteristics of<br />

integrated masters programmes: the number of credits required at the level of the award,<br />

<strong>and</strong> the pass mark for level 7 modules. The Board also discussed the fact that different<br />

weightings were used within <strong>and</strong> across Schools for the classification of integrated<br />

masters awards.<br />

3. Members were broadly supportive of bringing QMUL integrated masters programmes<br />

fully into line with the Higher Education Credit Framework, <strong>and</strong> to raise the pass mark for<br />

level 7 modules. It was agreed that there should be further consultation at School level of<br />

the implications of the proposed changes, including timescales, with a view to making<br />

firm recommendations to the Board.<br />

Outcome of Consultation<br />

4. Through the Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering Dean for Taught Programmes Advisory Group,<br />

views were sought from the School Directors of Taught Programmes in all Schools in the<br />

Faculty of Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering <strong>and</strong> the School of Geography on the two proposals.<br />

a) Amend the QM <strong>Academic</strong> Credit Framework (QMACF) to require 120 credits at<br />

the level of the award i.e. level 7 for implementation with new students starting<br />

their programme in September 2012:<br />

The Schools of Electronic Engineering <strong>and</strong> Computer Science (EECS), Physics <strong>and</strong><br />

Astronomy, <strong>and</strong> Biological <strong>and</strong> Chemical Sciences (SBCS), currently have this<br />

requirement although the SBCS indicated that it was useful to have flexibility in the<br />

QMACF.<br />

The Schools who do not currently have this requirement, Mathematical Sciences,<br />

Engineering <strong>and</strong> Materials Science (SEMS), <strong>and</strong> Geography all agreed to make the<br />

change.<br />

b) Amend the pass mark for modules so that it is linked to the level of the module<br />

for students commencing their programmes from September 2012, <strong>and</strong><br />

introduce special regulations for current students studying Physics MSci<br />

programmes.<br />

21


Physics <strong>and</strong> Astronomy are making this change <strong>and</strong> the Schools of Geography,<br />

Mathematical Sciences, SEMS, SBCS, agreed to make the change. EECS also<br />

indicated support in principle, but highlighted some concerns regarding potential<br />

impact on the BUPT/QM Joint Programme. The issue of the year of implementation<br />

for the new regulations was raised <strong>and</strong> is discussed further below.<br />

c) The issue of the differences in the degree classification weightings for integrated<br />

masters was also commented on by SBCS. Where it was highlighted that some<br />

rationalisation may be desirable but that the accreditation requirements of the<br />

different professional bodies may pose a challenge.<br />

Implementation Plan<br />

5. To move towards the new regulations TPB is first requested to consider the timescale for<br />

implementation. The consultation proposed that these be put in place for new students<br />

starting their programmes in September 2012. The principle of the changes to the<br />

QMACF <strong>and</strong> academic regulations will need to be approved at the next meeting of<br />

Senate <strong>and</strong> then Schools will need to revise programme specifications <strong>and</strong> where<br />

relevant, publicity material.<br />

6. TPB is asked to confirm that new regulations should be put in place for entrants in<br />

2012/13. This should be feasible because whilst many students will have already applied<br />

for their programme, it is not until they enrol that they sign up to the detail of academic<br />

<strong>and</strong> programme regulations, <strong>and</strong> those regulations are approved as part of the usual<br />

cycle in June. Concern about implementing the new regulations for entry in 2012/13<br />

would only arise if programmes have already been publicising the 40% pass mark <strong>and</strong><br />

level 7 credits required for the final year in promotional material <strong>and</strong> open days.<br />

7. TPB is requested to agree to recommend to Senate changing the QMACF <strong>and</strong><br />

academic regulations for integrated masters programmes, indicating the academic year<br />

that the changes should apply from. For the purposes of the rest of this paper it is<br />

assumed that changes will be put in place for a September 2012 start.<br />

8. To put into operation the new regulations, all applicable programmes will be identified<br />

<strong>and</strong> assigned new codes for students starting their programme in 2012. Creating new<br />

versions of integrated masters programmes is necessary to distinguish in reporting <strong>and</strong><br />

analysis between the old <strong>and</strong> new regulations.<br />

9. The Schools of Mathematical Sciences, SEMS, <strong>and</strong> Geography are requested to modify<br />

the structure of their integrated masters programmes to require new students entering to<br />

take 120 credits at level 7.<br />

10. It is not proposed that any immediate action is taken to transfer level 7 modules within<br />

integrated masters programmes to the postgraduate taught pass mark, with the exception<br />

of those within the MSci Physics. Students under the revised regulations will not enter the<br />

fourth year of an integrated masters programme until 2015 at the earliest. As the<br />

curriculum of a programme can evolve over time <strong>and</strong> be subject to internal <strong>and</strong> external<br />

factors <strong>and</strong> reviews, the transfer to the new marking scheme should take place as part of<br />

these normal processes. There will need to be a final compliance exercise in 2014 to<br />

ensure that all remaining modules are identified <strong>and</strong> transferred to the new marking<br />

scheme. Further detail regarding the procedure for implementation is included in Annex A<br />

<strong>and</strong> in the timeline below.<br />

22


Practical Implications <strong>and</strong> Related Issues<br />

11. A number of queries <strong>and</strong> practical implications to putting in place these changes arose<br />

during the consultation. These are highlighted below, along with comments <strong>and</strong> some<br />

further queries for the Board to consider.<br />

a) Applicability of new regulations:<br />

• The original consultation question proposed that the new regulations would apply to<br />

students ‘starting their programmes in September 2012’. This statement needs<br />

qualifying with a contextual explanation, as it is quite common for students to transfer<br />

from a bachelors to an integrated masters programme <strong>and</strong> therefore reach their final<br />

year of the integrated masters before 2015. The statement should be amended so<br />

that the new regulations apply to ‘students commencing the first developmental<br />

year of their programme in September 2012 or later’. This applies equally to<br />

students who begin the first developmental year of an integrated masters programme<br />

<strong>and</strong> students who begin the first developmental year of an equivalent bachelors<br />

degree <strong>and</strong> transfer into an integrated masters. Students will follow the regulations of<br />

the cohort to which they transfer.<br />

• Students who interrupt their studies shall be treated as currently stated in the<br />

academic regulations - they will follow the regulations for the cohort that they joined.<br />

This will mean that for a temporary period (up to two years maximum), level 7<br />

modules with a 40% pass mark will need to continue to be available for students to<br />

register on when they return to complete their studies.<br />

b) Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering Foundation Programme (SEFP):<br />

• Currently students entering QM under the SEFP umbrella can either enrol on the one<br />

year foundation programme <strong>and</strong> then enrol for a chosen bachelors or integrated<br />

masters degree, or enrol for an integrated four or five year programme which includes<br />

the foundation year <strong>and</strong> the bachelors or integrated masters degree. Those students<br />

starting in 2011 choosing the first option will enter the first year of their degree<br />

programme in 2012 <strong>and</strong> be subject to the new regulations.<br />

• TPB is asked to confirm whether those students taking the second option in 2011,<br />

entering the first year of the bachelors or integrated masters degree in 2012 should<br />

also be subject to the new regulations? This is preferred by the Director of the SEFP,<br />

<strong>and</strong> is feasible because these detailed points of regulation are not commented upon<br />

in any SEFP publicity material. If agreed, the applicability statement above should be<br />

amended. If students are not subjected to the new regulations, then there could<br />

potentially be a situation where there are students taking the same modules at level 7<br />

in the same academic year, where the pass mark for those modules is different. This<br />

could be problematic to manage.<br />

c) Undergraduate Students:<br />

It is the case in some Schools (Maths, SBCS) that undergraduate students are<br />

allowed to take level 7 modules as part of a bachelors degree, for example in Maths<br />

students may take up to 30 credits of level 7 modules in their third year. Should new<br />

undergraduate students continue to be allowed to take level 7 modules? If so, should<br />

they be allowed to take level 7 modules with a 40% or 50% pass mark?<br />

23


d) Resiting out of attendance:<br />

SBCS expressed concern that raising the pass mark may result in a few students<br />

having to resit the fourth year out of attendance. However, this can be mitigated if<br />

students are advised when they begin the programme (<strong>and</strong> sign up to the regulations)<br />

of this higher requirement. This potential implication would be indicative of the higher<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ard of the programme brought about by the new regulations.<br />

e) BUPT / QM Joint Programme:<br />

Some concern was also expressed in the consultation about students studying on the<br />

Joint Programme. Whilst they do not study for an integrated masters programme they<br />

do take level 7 modules at BUPT <strong>and</strong> for those that come to <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> in the final<br />

year. These modules must be treated separately <strong>and</strong> remain with a 40% pass mark.<br />

The <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> will investigate a solution to address this issue.<br />

f) MSci Physics:<br />

It was previously agreed that for entry to the MSci Physics programme on or after<br />

September 2011 there will be a 50% pass mark requirement for level 7 modules. This<br />

has implications for current <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> students from other programmes that<br />

choose Physics modules but fall under the old regulations. A procedural exercise will<br />

be undertaken by the <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> to identify the affected modules <strong>and</strong><br />

students.<br />

Related Issues<br />

12. Other related regulatory issues have also been raised in the context of the debate to<br />

harmonise integrated masters awards, these are:<br />

g) Classification of awards:<br />

The consultation question considered changing the pass mark of a module to the<br />

postgraduate level. It did not consider changing the pass mark for the award of the<br />

integrated masters degree, which currently sits in the undergraduate classification<br />

scheme, where a College Mark of 44.9 of less equates to a Pass Degree. This<br />

contrasts with the classification scheme for masters programmes, where a College<br />

Mark of 50 or higher is a Pass Degree <strong>and</strong> the classification of College Marks above<br />

the pass threshold are based on a different scheme (merit, distinction etc). An initial<br />

check at practice elsewhere suggests that it is probably variable within the sector.<br />

TPB is asked to consider whether there should be a debate at this stage regarding<br />

the College Mark for a Pass Degree for integrated masters programmes. This would<br />

have implications for the classifications scheme used.<br />

h) Progression Requirements:<br />

The st<strong>and</strong>ard progression regulations for integrated masters programmes require that<br />

students must pass a minimum number of credits each year to move on. However<br />

most awards in SEMS, SBCS, EECS, Geography, <strong>and</strong> Physics have special<br />

regulations to stipulate that students also achieve minimum average marks in each<br />

academic year, or be automatically transferred to the corresponding BSc/BEng.<br />

The use of progression hurdles in QMUL integrated masters programmes was<br />

recently raised in the context of student performance. The hurdle model has benefits<br />

24


in terms of keeping students on track towards the intended award <strong>and</strong> potential<br />

advantages for retention. There is currently some variability in terms of the<br />

requirements that are in place, summarised in Annex B from the academic<br />

regulations. TPB is asked to take an initial view on the desirability of harmonising<br />

progression requirements for all programmes <strong>and</strong> whether there should be further<br />

consultation with relevant Schools?<br />

Action Requested<br />

13. Taught Programmes Board is requested to:<br />

a) Consider the specific queries raised regarding implementation;<br />

b) Consider the feasibility of the draft timeline, <strong>and</strong> procedure, <strong>and</strong> if there are any<br />

further issues;<br />

c) Make agreed recommendations to Senate.<br />

Proposed Timeline 2012<br />

Month Action Responsible<br />

January<br />

February<br />

March<br />

March /April<br />

March/April<br />

Before 1 st May<br />

TPB to consider proposed changes to the QMACF <strong>and</strong><br />

recommendations to Senate<br />

Integrated masters programmes identified <strong>and</strong> new<br />

codes for 2012 defined<br />

Recommendations to Senate to approve in principle the<br />

changes to the QMACF <strong>and</strong> the academic regulations<br />

Following Senate decision, update School websites<br />

<strong>and</strong> other publicity materials regarding new regulations<br />

for 2012<br />

Relevant Schools consider proposals for new<br />

programme variants (require 120 credits at level 7)<br />

Relevant Schools to submit proposals for new<br />

programme variants to <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> for<br />

implementation<br />

TPB/ARCS<br />

ARCS/Schools<br />

Senate/ARCS<br />

Schools<br />

School Teaching<br />

<strong>and</strong> Learning<br />

Committees<br />

Schools/ARCS<br />

June <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations <strong>and</strong> QMACF 2012/13<br />

considered by Senate <strong>and</strong> published<br />

ARCS<br />

25


Annex A<br />

Implementation Procedure:<br />

a) <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong>, in consultation with Schools, identify integrated masters<br />

programmes to be amended.<br />

b) <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> define programme codes for all new regulation integrated masters<br />

programmes to begin in September 2012. If new regulations are introduced for 2012,<br />

existing applicants are transferred to new codes.<br />

c) SEMS, Maths, <strong>and</strong> Geography to revise programmes to require 120 credits at level 7.<br />

School Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching Committees consider programme amendments,<br />

programme specifications <strong>and</strong> if desired new module specifications for level 7 modules.<br />

Documentation is submitted to the <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> for scrutiny <strong>and</strong> implementation.<br />

d) Following Senate approval in principle, all Schools up-date publicity material <strong>and</strong><br />

information on website that refers to the regulations for integrated masters programmes<br />

starting in 2012.<br />

e) Conversion of marking scheme for level 7 integrated masters modules. As part of the<br />

programme <strong>and</strong> module development process in the coming years, these modules will be<br />

transferred to the postgraduate taught marking scheme. For example, when new<br />

modules are created, modified <strong>and</strong> diets are reviewed for the fourth year of integrated<br />

masters programmes (expected in 2013 <strong>and</strong> 2014) they will be converted.<br />

f) Final compliance exercise in 2014 to ensure that all relevant level 7 modules meet new<br />

regulations. This will involve identifying remaining modules <strong>and</strong> verifying changes to be<br />

made with Schools.<br />

26


Annex B<br />

Summary from <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations 2011/12:<br />

School Award 2011/12 Progression Requirements<br />

Maths MSci Mathematical<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Regulations<br />

Sciences<br />

Physics MSci Physics Average mark of 55.0 or higher across<br />

developmental years one <strong>and</strong> two, <strong>and</strong> an<br />

average mark of 60.0 or higher across<br />

developmental years one, two, <strong>and</strong> three<br />

(based on year weighting)<br />

Geography* MSci Environmental<br />

Science<br />

Normally achieve a weighted average of 55<br />

or higher in levels 4 <strong>and</strong> 5, <strong>and</strong> with at least<br />

60 level 5 credits above 60 for progression to<br />

SBCS<br />

EECS<br />

SEMS<br />

MSci Pharmaceutical<br />

Chemistry<br />

MSci Chemistry<br />

MSci Computer Science<br />

MEng Electronic<br />

Engineering (all)<br />

MEng Engineering (all)<br />

MEng Materials Science<br />

(all)<br />

the MSci<br />

Average mark of 50 or higher across<br />

developmental year one, average of 55 or<br />

higher across years one <strong>and</strong> two, <strong>and</strong><br />

average of 55 of higher across years one,<br />

two, <strong>and</strong> three (based on year weighting)<br />

Average mark of 60 or higher to progress<br />

from developmental year one, year average<br />

mark of 60 to progress from year two, <strong>and</strong><br />

year average mark of 60 to progress from<br />

year three<br />

Average mark of 60 or higher to progress<br />

from the foundation year, <strong>and</strong> normally, a<br />

developmental year one average mark of<br />

50.0 or higher, <strong>and</strong> a developmental year<br />

two average mark of 50.0 or higher<br />

Average of 60 or higher across<br />

developmental year one, average of 60 or<br />

higher across years one <strong>and</strong> two, <strong>and</strong><br />

average of 60 of higher across years one,<br />

two, <strong>and</strong> three (based on year weightings)<br />

Average of 60 or higher across<br />

developmental year one, average of 60 or<br />

higher across years one <strong>and</strong> two, <strong>and</strong><br />

average of 50 of higher across years one,<br />

two, <strong>and</strong> three (based on year weightings)<br />

* Taken from programme specification, not yet published in academic regulations<br />

27


Annex C<br />

Integrated masters programmes captured on SIS as open for recruiting students <strong>and</strong>/or currently have students registered on them. This includes<br />

programmes formally withdrawn for recruitment that still have students registered.<br />

Name of School Programme of Study code UCAS code Full name<br />

Biological <strong>and</strong><br />

UMIF-QMCHEM1 F103 MSci FT Chemistry<br />

Chemical Sciences<br />

F152<br />

MSci FT Pharmaceutical Chemistry<br />

UMIF-QMCHEY1 F153 MSci FT Pharmaceutical Chemistry with a Year in Industry<br />

Electronic Engineering<br />

<strong>and</strong> Computer Science<br />

Engineering <strong>and</strong><br />

Materials Science<br />

TBC C701 MSci FT Biochemistry<br />

UMEF-QMELEC1 H614 MEng FT Electronic Engineering<br />

H640<br />

MEng FT Communication Engineering<br />

H642<br />

MEng FT Audio Systems Engineering<br />

H645<br />

MEng FT e-Commerce Engineering<br />

H650<br />

MEng FT Computer Engineering<br />

H655<br />

MEng FT Internet Computing<br />

H658<br />

MEng FT Digital Audio <strong>and</strong> Music Systems Engineering<br />

H690<br />

MEng FT Electronic Engineering <strong>and</strong> Telecommunications<br />

HI6C<br />

MEng FT Electronic Engineering <strong>and</strong> Computing<br />

UMIF-QMCOMP1 G401 MSci FT Computer Science<br />

UMEF-QGENNE1 W241 MEng FT Design <strong>and</strong> Innovation with Industrial Experience<br />

UMEF-QGENNG1 W240 MEng FT Design <strong>and</strong> Innovation<br />

UMEF-QMENNE1 H302 MEng FT Mechanical Engineering with Industrial Experience<br />

HB1V<br />

MEng FT Medical Engineering with Industrial Experience<br />

HG21<br />

MEng FT Sustainable Energy Engineering with Industrial Experience<br />

HK00<br />

MEng FT Aerospace Engineering with Industrial Experience<br />

UMEF-QMENNG1 H224 MEng FT Sustainable Energy Engineering<br />

H301<br />

MEng FT Mechanical Engineering<br />

H400<br />

MEng FT Aerospace Engineering<br />

H490<br />

MEng FT Avionics <strong>and</strong> Space Systems<br />

HB18<br />

MEng FT Medical Engineering<br />

UMEF-QMMTLE1 BV90 MEng FT Medical Materials with Industrial Experience<br />

HF2F<br />

MEng FT Sustainable Materials Engineering with Industrial Experience<br />

JM10<br />

MEng FT Materials Science <strong>and</strong> Engineering with Industrial Experience<br />

28


JN00 MEng FT Dental Materials with Industrial Experience<br />

UMEF-QMMTLS1 B891 MEng FT Medical Materials<br />

F2N2<br />

MEng FT Materials Science with Business Management<br />

HFF2<br />

MEng FT Sustainable Materials Engineering<br />

HN72<br />

MEng FT Innovation, Entrepreneurship <strong>and</strong> Management of Advanced<br />

Technology<br />

J502<br />

MEng FT Materials Engineering in Medicine<br />

J504<br />

MEng FT Dental Materials<br />

J510<br />

MEng FT Materials Science<br />

J5F9<br />

MEng FT Environmental Materials Technology<br />

J5N2<br />

MEng FT Materials with Business<br />

JH53<br />

MEng FT Materials <strong>and</strong> Mechanical Engineering<br />

Geography UMIF-QMGEOG1 F750 MSci FT Environmental Science<br />

Mathematical<br />

UMIF-QMMATH1 G102 MSci FT Mathematics<br />

Sciences<br />

G1F5<br />

MSci FT Mathematics with Astrophysics<br />

Physics <strong>and</strong><br />

Astronomy<br />

G1G3<br />

MSci FT Mathematics with Statistics<br />

UMIF-QMPHYA1 F305 MSci FT Physics with Study Abroad<br />

UMIF-QMPHYS1 F303 MSci FT Physics<br />

F323<br />

MSci FT Theoretical Physics<br />

F391<br />

MSci FT Nanoscience <strong>and</strong> Nanotechnology<br />

F393<br />

MSci FT Physics with Particle Physics<br />

F503<br />

MSci FT Astronomy<br />

F523<br />

MSci FT Astrophysics<br />

FHH6<br />

MSci FT Physics <strong>and</strong> Electronics<br />

Programme formally<br />

withdrawn but some<br />

students still registered<br />

29


TPB2011-023<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />

<strong>Paper</strong> title<br />

Outcome requested<br />

Comments from the<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />

Programme <strong>and</strong> Module Proposals: signatures for forms<br />

Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider an issue<br />

discussed at the Deans for Taught Programmes Group, regarding<br />

signatories for approval of programme <strong>and</strong> module development<br />

proposals.<br />

At the 3 rd November 2011 Deans for Taught Programmes Group,<br />

the following was noted regarding signatories on forms –<br />

Clarification was sought on QA sign-off privileges for new<br />

course <strong>and</strong> module materials. Given that the Directors for<br />

Taught Programmes were the chairs of the T&L committees<br />

where decisions were made, it was agreed that it was<br />

appropriate for the Head of School/Institute to delegate sign-off,<br />

if so desired, to the Director of Taught Programmes.<br />

ACTION: Deans to communicate this to Schools<br />

(minute DTPG 2011.402 refers)<br />

TPB is asked to consider ratifying or otherwise this proposal.<br />

30


TPB2011-024<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />

<strong>Paper</strong> Title<br />

Owning School /<br />

Institute<br />

Executive Summary<br />

The University of London Institute in Paris <strong>and</strong> the LLM in<br />

Paris<br />

Centre for Commercial Law Studies<br />

Part 2 approval for the LLM Paris was granted at the previous<br />

meeting of TPB in November 2011. However, further<br />

documentation relating to the partnership arrangements with<br />

the University of London Institute in Paris (ULIP) was<br />

requested to formally detail the resources <strong>and</strong> support that<br />

would be provided for the programme.<br />

Following discussion with the Vice-Principal <strong>and</strong> Executive<br />

Dean (Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences), it is understood that<br />

the contract detailing <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>’s relationship with ULIP<br />

Enterprises is currently being prepared by the University of<br />

London. This contract will be submitted for <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong><br />

Senior Executive approval in early February <strong>and</strong> formalise the<br />

detail of what has already been agreed while preparing the<br />

business plan, <strong>and</strong> also lay out the process for annual cost<br />

reviews, <strong>and</strong> for any future termination.<br />

Outcome Requested<br />

<strong>Paper</strong> Author<br />

Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider <strong>and</strong><br />

note the following document, which outlines the<br />

governance <strong>and</strong> management of ULIP, <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>'s role<br />

in these arrangements.<br />

Professor Morag Shiach, Vice-Principal <strong>and</strong> Executive Dean<br />

(Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences)<br />

31


TPB2011-024<br />

The University of London Institute in Paris <strong>and</strong> the LLM in Paris<br />

Background:<br />

The University of London Institute in Paris (ULIP) was incorporated into the<br />

University of London in 1969 <strong>and</strong> is a Central <strong>Academic</strong> Body of the University.<br />

Its mission is to promote the study of the culture, language <strong>and</strong> literature of<br />

France. In 2004, a ULIP Consortium was formed involving <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, Royal<br />

Holloway <strong>and</strong> the University of London to develop research <strong>and</strong> teaching in<br />

French Studies at ULIP <strong>and</strong> thus to support the future academic <strong>and</strong> financial<br />

success of French Studies at all three institutions. <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> chose to join the<br />

Consortium in recognition of the strategic importance of French Studies (in the<br />

broadest sense) to research <strong>and</strong> teaching within Humanities <strong>and</strong> Social Sciences.<br />

Membership of the ULIP Consortium has contributed to QM’s recent success in<br />

recruiting leading researchers working on aspects of French culture into SLLF,<br />

History <strong>and</strong> SPIR.<br />

ULIP is accommodated in magnificent premises in central Paris, which were<br />

extensively refurbished by the University of London in 2006. A Memor<strong>and</strong>um of<br />

Underst<strong>and</strong>ing defining the purposes <strong>and</strong> key structures of the ULIP Consortium<br />

was agreed by the <strong>Council</strong>s of all three institutions in 2005. A Management<br />

Board was established to oversee the work of the Consortium. The ULIP<br />

Management Board is chaired by the Vice‐Chancellor of the University of<br />

London, <strong>and</strong> includes representation from <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, Royal Holloway, ULIP,<br />

the Collegiate <strong>Council</strong> of the University <strong>and</strong> the Board of Trustees of the<br />

University, as well as the president of the ULIP Students’ Union <strong>and</strong> two external<br />

experts from the field of French Studies.<br />

Since 2009, extensive work has been undertaken by Consortium partners on the<br />

development of a new business plan to address the significant structural deficit<br />

that existed when the Consortium was formed. The ULIP Strategy <strong>and</strong> Business<br />

Plan 2011‐14, which identifies a financially sustainable future for ULIP, was<br />

approved by QMSE <strong>and</strong> then by the University of London Collegiate <strong>Council</strong> in<br />

2011.<br />

In 2011, it was also agreed by all Consortium partners that in order to facilitate<br />

the use of the facilities <strong>and</strong> services at ULIP for a variety of academic<br />

programmes offered by Consortium partners, a new entity, to be called ULIP<br />

Enterprises (which would be separate from the academic Department of French<br />

<strong>and</strong> Comparative Studies at ULIP) would be established.<br />

Recent Developments:<br />

In order to enable effective delivery of ULIP’s new Strategy <strong>and</strong> Business Plan, a<br />

new senior management group has been established to oversee the activities of<br />

ULIP, involving Geoff Crossick (UoL), Andrew Hussey (ULIP), Rob Kemp (RH)<br />

<strong>and</strong> Morag Shiach (QM).<br />

32


TPB2011-024<br />

Development of LLM programme in Paris:<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

<br />

The ULIP Strategy <strong>and</strong> Business Plan 2011‐14 identifies diversification<br />

into new premium‐fee markets as key to ensuring the future financial<br />

sustainability of ULIP<br />

In 2010 a Project Manager, Anna Gray, was appointed to ULIP to work<br />

with Consortium partners to facilitate the development of premium‐fee<br />

masters programmes to be delivered at ULIP.<br />

A Project Steering Group was established by Anna Gray in 2010 to<br />

oversee the detailed development of these plans. Anna Gray has liaised<br />

closely with academic <strong>and</strong> professional support staff at QM over the past<br />

eighteen months.<br />

The University of London has committed to investing in further<br />

significant refurbishment in Spring 2011 to bring basement space at ULIP<br />

into use for the teaching of premium‐fee programmes.<br />

The detail of facilities <strong>and</strong> services to be provided by ULIP Enterprises to<br />

support the delivery of the LLM programme has now been agreed, <strong>and</strong><br />

has been fed into the detailed business plan that was approved by QMSE<br />

in December 2011.<br />

The Chief Operating Officer of University of London is currently preparing<br />

a contract detailing these services <strong>and</strong> costs as outlined in the business<br />

plan, the process for annual review of these, <strong>and</strong> the mechanisms for any<br />

future termination of the agreement. This contract will be prepared<br />

before the end of January <strong>and</strong> will then be submitted to QMSE for<br />

approval.<br />

CCLS have received approval for the appointment of an <strong>Academic</strong><br />

Director <strong>and</strong> a dedicated administrator to support the LLM programme in<br />

Paris. Their remit will include close working with staff at ULIP to ensure<br />

that all agreed facilities <strong>and</strong> services are available to support students<br />

entering the programme in Sept 2012.<br />

Prof Morag Shiach<br />

Vice‐Principal <strong>and</strong> Executive Dean (HSS)<br />

6 Jan 2012<br />

33


TPB2011-025<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />

Nature of proposal(s)<br />

Owning School /<br />

Institute<br />

Title of Proposal(s)<br />

being considered<br />

Outcome requested<br />

Part 2 Programme Proposal(s)<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />

MA Language Teaching <strong>and</strong> 9 associated module proposals:<br />

Language Teaching – Approaches <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

Dissertation in Language Teaching<br />

Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching I<br />

Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching II<br />

Assessment in Language Teaching<br />

Syllabus Development in Language Teaching<br />

Analysing <strong>and</strong> Teaching of Spoken Language<br />

Corpus Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching<br />

Teachers as Learners – Learners as Teachers<br />

Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider <strong>and</strong><br />

approve the proposal(s) identified above <strong>and</strong> detailed in the<br />

accompanying documentation. If any conditions of approval or<br />

recommendations arise through discussion at the Board these<br />

should be clearly stipulated in the TPB minutes <strong>and</strong><br />

articulated to the proposer.<br />

Potential issues<br />

identified <strong>and</strong><br />

comments on the<br />

proposal(s) from<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />

Part 2 Programme Proposal, Programme Specification <strong>and</strong><br />

Response to External Advisers’ comments<br />

Comments from the external advisor are positive <strong>and</strong> have<br />

been duly considered.<br />

The programme specification states that the programme<br />

outcomes are referenced to the relevant QAA<br />

benchmark statement(s) but the benchmark group is listed as<br />

not applicable. Can this statement be clarified?<br />

34


Taught Programmes Board<br />

TPB2011-025<br />

Part 2 Programme Proposal Form<br />

All sections must be completed in full <strong>and</strong> supplementary information attached where requested. Part 2<br />

proposals should be appended to the Programme Specification <strong>and</strong> submitted to the <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> who<br />

will arrange for the consideration of the proposal at Taught Programmes Board.<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Summary Information<br />

Proposed Programme Title MA in Language Teaching<br />

Programme Code TBC<br />

Programme Qualification<br />

Mode of study<br />

Programme<br />

Duration<br />

Master of Arts (MA) Full Time 1 Calendar Year<br />

Master of Arts (MA) Part Time 2 Calendar Years<br />

Proposed Start Date September 2012<br />

Programme Organiser Dr Falco Pfalzgraf<br />

Does this programme contain a foundation year or any pre-sessional activity?<br />

1) Programme Management<br />

Describe the arrangements for the operational management of the programme <strong>and</strong> the quality assurance<br />

mechanisms that will be put in place. Consideration should be given to student representatives <strong>and</strong> hearing<br />

student views.<br />

Complete either section a) for programmes delivered by one School/Institute or section b) for programmes<br />

delivered by more than one School/Institute.<br />

a) Single School/Institute Delivery<br />

The School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film (SLLF) will run the MA in Language Teaching <strong>and</strong> have full responsibility for the<br />

management <strong>and</strong> quality assurance of the programme.<br />

There will be a Programme Organiser, who will have operational responsibility for running the programme, including<br />

monitoring quality assurance on all areas related to teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />

The Programme Organiser will report to the SLLF’s Director of Taught Programmes, who oversees the running of all taught<br />

programmes, <strong>and</strong> to the Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Committee (TLC). The MA will be subject to the same quality assurance<br />

mechanisms that apply to all other taught MAs offered by SLLF in accordance with the College's Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching<br />

Strategy, the School's Taught Programmes Action Plan <strong>and</strong> Annual Programme Review. The key body responsible for the<br />

effective implementation of teaching <strong>and</strong> learning strategies <strong>and</strong> action plans is SLLF's TLC, <strong>and</strong> acts in consultation with the<br />

Staff-Student Liaison Committee (SSLC) <strong>and</strong> reports to the School's Executive Committee <strong>and</strong> School Board. The Director of<br />

Taught Programmes liaises with the Dean for Taught Programmes (HSS) to ensure compatibility between regulations <strong>and</strong><br />

practice relating to taught programmes in the School, <strong>and</strong> requirements set at Faculty <strong>and</strong> College level.<br />

No<br />

35


Taught Programmes Board<br />

TPB2011-025<br />

SLLF will have sole responsibility for the operational management of the programme, including marketing, admissions,<br />

inductions, programme delivery, assessment <strong>and</strong> provision of learning resources, <strong>and</strong> will provide the resources <strong>and</strong><br />

administrative support necessary for delivering teaching <strong>and</strong> learning activities in accordance with the terms <strong>and</strong> conditions<br />

specified.<br />

The programme will be subject to QM general <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations.<br />

b) Joint School/Institute Delivery (Joint Working Statement)<br />

For programmes that are delivered jointly between more than one School/Institute or for programmes that<br />

utilise modules from other Schools/Institutes in an interdisciplinary capacity, a joint working statement should<br />

be provided. This should identify the respective responsibilities of each School/Institute with regards to<br />

programme management, quality assurance, <strong>and</strong> student support.<br />

N/A<br />

2) Plagiarism Detection<br />

Consideration should be given to the use of plagiarism detection software e.g. turnitin, for programmes with a<br />

significant proportion of written assessed work. Provide information about how this will be managed for the<br />

programme.<br />

College regulations as outlined by QM's Acadmic <strong>Registry</strong> <strong>and</strong> <strong>Council</strong> Secratariat will be applied.<br />

QM's Assessment Offences Regulations will be strictly followed.<br />

SLLF uses the Turnitin software/ webpage on request of the individual module organiser / teacher.<br />

3) <strong>Academic</strong> Staffing for the Programme (Non-<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Staff)<br />

List any academic staff that are not employed or managed by <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> that will be involved in the teaching<br />

or assessment of the programme.<br />

N/A<br />

4) Distance Learning Programmes (if applicable)<br />

If the programme is distance learning, please specify how student-related data will be provided to the Student<br />

Administration Office. The mechanisms for the enrolment <strong>and</strong> assessment of distance learning students<br />

should also be described in detail.<br />

N/A<br />

5) Subject Examination Board Details<br />

Specify the name of the Subject Examination Board (SEB), which will oversee the assessment processes that<br />

operate for the programme(s) <strong>and</strong> modules clarify whether this is a new or existing SEB. For further<br />

information please contact Simon Hayter.<br />

School<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />

36


Taught Programmes Board<br />

TPB2011-025<br />

6) External Adviser Comments<br />

Detailed comments from at least one external adviser - submissions must be supported by external specialist<br />

opinion, e.g. from a representative of a professional organisation, or a senior academic in another institution.<br />

The external adviser should be able to comment in sufficient detail on the appropriateness <strong>and</strong> viability of the<br />

proposed programme (s). For further guidance regarding the selection criteria, role <strong>and</strong> expectations of<br />

External Advisers please refer to the External Adviser Guidelines.<br />

QMUL MA in Language Teaching<br />

1.0 Introduction<br />

Firstly I would like to congratulate Dr Falco Pfalzgraf on putting together a program of study which manages to combine the<br />

theoretical with a wide range of options which focus on the relevance <strong>and</strong> applicability of educational theory. Although the<br />

absence of a distinct period of teaching practice at this stage is a matter of possible concern, certain options such as the one<br />

where students monitor their own progress in new language acquisition help to fill this gap. In any case the whole rationale of<br />

the course is to provide students with a sound theoretical framework <strong>and</strong> a sound base for starting a career in education. The<br />

fact that it has a flexi-lingual focus means QMUL will be able to draw on a wide range of potential students from across the<br />

globe who would like a British education based in London.<br />

2.0 The Market<br />

2.1 I noted the number of direct <strong>and</strong> indirect competitors but still feel QMUL has put together a distinctive course which fits in<br />

well with the reputational strengths of the parent institution.<br />

3.0 The structure of the MA<br />

I was impressed by the thoroughness of the approach. Students are systematically introduced to the key issues <strong>and</strong> are able to<br />

use this information to build up an impressive portfolio of knowledge. The progression of topics in the main body of the course<br />

is well-focused <strong>and</strong> should guarantee a firm <strong>and</strong> well-paced acquisition of key themes <strong>and</strong> topics.<br />

This combined with a well-chosen selection of options to maximise the individual strengths of students should lead to a<br />

winning combination. I have no worries regarding assessment procedures which are well devised to cope with the dem<strong>and</strong>s of<br />

both the course <strong>and</strong> to reflect accurately the learning achievements of the students.<br />

4.0 Needs of student cohort.<br />

Since most of the students will not have English as their first language <strong>and</strong> since the course will dem<strong>and</strong> a high level of<br />

expertise in writing <strong>and</strong> expression in English, QMUL should ensure that the correct amount of in-sessional EAP support is<br />

available.<br />

5.0 Marketing. It was disappointing to read about the non-involvement of this unit in helping the course writer with marketing<br />

issues.<br />

6.0 Conclusion<br />

I find this MA a strong contender in an exp<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> commercially active market. As external examiner <strong>and</strong> assessor on<br />

educational language programmes at Greenwich <strong>and</strong> UCLAN, I can confirm that QMUL's entry has the strong potential to be an<br />

excellent product <strong>and</strong> should respond well to the needs of this particular market.<br />

Nick Byrne<br />

Director LSE Language Centre<br />

Name & Title of External Adviser<br />

Current Post & Institution / Organisation<br />

Mr Nick Byrne<br />

Director of Language Centre, London School of Economics & Political Science<br />

Address for Correspondence (<strong>and</strong> email) LSE Language Centre, Floor 7, Clare Market Building, Houghton Street, London<br />

WC2A 2AE, Tel. 020 7955 6899 e-mail n.byrne@lse.ac.uk<br />

37


Taught Programmes Board<br />

TPB2011-025<br />

7) Response to External Adviser Comments<br />

This should include a full response to the comments provided by the External Adviser. Each point / issue<br />

raised by the External Adviser that requires further consideration should be addressed in detail in this<br />

response.<br />

We are happy to see that the external advisor is very positive about the new MA programme.<br />

We are aware of the fact that the MA should have more than one practical component. However, the concept of this new MA<br />

programme is that we start with a more theoretical approach. This is connected to questions concerning human reassurances<br />

<strong>and</strong> time management. The MA will then be extended year by year. The current plan is to introduce language-specific<br />

(including English) <strong>and</strong> practical modules after the first or second year.<br />

Concerning QMUL's marketing specialists: The matter is currently being addressed by the Head of SLLF, Prof. Rüdiger Görner.<br />

Dr Falco Pfalzgraf<br />

(Programme Organiser)<br />

The following documents must accompany the Part 2 Programme Proposal.<br />

Proposals that are not accompanied by the necessary documentation will not be<br />

considered by Taught Programmes Board.<br />

> Has a Programme Specification been completed <strong>and</strong> submitted with the Part 2? Yes<br />

> Have module proposal forms for each new module been submitted with the Part 2? Yes<br />

> Is there evidence of support from at least one external adviser? Yes<br />

> Have the <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations (including progression, if not within the modular<br />

regulation structure) been clearly documented <strong>and</strong>/or appended?<br />

N/A<br />

Collaborative provision: programmes that are offered in partnership with an<br />

external organisation should usually have the following documents appended to<br />

the Part 2 Programme Proposal.<br />

> Has a draft Memor<strong>and</strong>um of Agreement been completed <strong>and</strong> submitted with the Part<br />

2?<br />

N/A<br />

> Has supplementary information on the management of the partnership been submitted<br />

with the Part 2?<br />

N/A<br />

> Have any special regulations been submitted with the Part 2 (where relevant)? N/A<br />

38


Taught Programmes Board<br />

TPB2011-025<br />

Approval of Part 2 Programme Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Ruediger<br />

Goerner<br />

Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />

DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />

<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />

Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />

email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.11 16:37:01 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Chair of Taught Programmes<br />

Board<br />

39


TPB2011-025<br />

Programme Title: MA in Language Teaching<br />

Programme Specification<br />

Awarding Body/Institution<br />

Teaching Institution<br />

<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, University of London<br />

<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, University of London<br />

Name of Final Award <strong>and</strong> Programme Title Master of Arts (MA) in Language Teaching<br />

Name of Interim Award(s)<br />

Duration of Study / Period of Registration<br />

QM Programme Code / UCAS Code(s)<br />

QAA Benchmark Group<br />

N/A<br />

1 calendar year (full-time); 2 calendar years (part-time)<br />

TBD<br />

N/A<br />

FHEQ Level of Award Level 7<br />

Programme Accredited by<br />

Date Programme Specification Approved<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

N/A<br />

TBD<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the programme<br />

N/A<br />

Institution(s) other than <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> that will provide some teaching for the programme<br />

N/A<br />

Programme Outline<br />

QMUL’s MA in Language Teaching is a prestigious University of London degree suitable for students who wish to obtain a<br />

general language teaching qualification for Europe <strong>and</strong> beyond. This MA degree will become highly relevant in the near future<br />

because of the EU-wide (including the UK) dem<strong>and</strong> for language teachers, especially speakers of some non-European<br />

languages, with a qualification that satisfies UK <strong>and</strong> EU – <strong>and</strong> therefore international – st<strong>and</strong>ards. So does QMUL’s MA in<br />

Language Teaching. The degree is advisable for students who wish to teach their mother tongue or in fact any other language<br />

they speak on an adequate level. It focuses mainly on general, theoretical aspects of language teaching. People awarded with<br />

the MA in Language Teaching will have a thorough theoretical foundation to teach any language. They can also work in areas<br />

like Educational Technology or Quality Assurance, depending on their choice of options (see programme specifications). In<br />

addition, students will profit from London’s international English-speaking environment; as proven by our many undergraduate<br />

students from outside the UK who already study a language other than English with us.<br />

The MA in Language Teaching consists of the following modules:<br />

• LLU7tbc1: Language Teaching – Approaches <strong>and</strong> Methods (core module)<br />

• LLU7tbc2: Dissertation in Language Teaching (core module)<br />

• LLU7tbc3: Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching I (elective module)<br />

40


TPB2011-025<br />

Programme Title: MA in Language Teaching<br />

• LLU7tbc4: Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching II (elective module)<br />

• LLU7tbc5: Assessment in Language Teaching (elective module)<br />

• LLU7tbc6: Syllabus Development in Language Teaching (elective module)<br />

• LLU7tbc7: Analysing <strong>and</strong> Teaching of Spoken Language (elective module)<br />

• LLU7tbc8: Corpus Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching (elective module)<br />

• LLU7tbc9: Teachers as Learners - Learners as Teachers (elective module)<br />

Aims of the Programme<br />

Details concerning the broad purpose for offering the programme are included in the 'Programme Outline' above.<br />

This includes:<br />

• the meeting of national, EU-wide, <strong>and</strong> international need;<br />

• preparation for the prosecution of research;<br />

• preparation for employment;<br />

• widening access to higher education;<br />

• encouraging the pursuit of independent study in the area.<br />

What Will You Be Expected to Achieve?<br />

The programme provides opportunities for students to develop <strong>and</strong> demonstrate knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing,<br />

skills <strong>and</strong> other attributes in the following areas. The programme outcomes are referenced to the relevant QAA<br />

benchmark statement(s) (see above) <strong>and</strong> the Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales<br />

<strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008), <strong>and</strong> relate to the typical student. Additionally, the SEEC Credit Level Descriptors<br />

for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate Attributes have been used as a<br />

guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

Able to deal with complex issues both systematically <strong>and</strong> creatively, make sound judgements in the absence of<br />

complete data, <strong>and</strong> communicate their conclusions clearly to specialist <strong>and</strong> non-specialist audiences<br />

Able to demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in tackling <strong>and</strong> solving problems, <strong>and</strong> act autonomously in<br />

planning <strong>and</strong> implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level<br />

Able to continue to advance your knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing, <strong>and</strong> to develop new skills to a high level<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

B 4<br />

Demonstrate a systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of knowledge <strong>and</strong> a critical awareness of current problems <strong>and</strong> new insights<br />

concerning language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning theory, much of which is at, or informed by, the forefront of your<br />

academic field of study / academic discipline<br />

Demonstrate a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of techniques applicable to your own research in the area of language<br />

teaching <strong>and</strong> learning<br />

Demonstrate originality in the application of knowledge, together with a practical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of how established<br />

techniques of research <strong>and</strong> enquiry in the area of language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning are used to create <strong>and</strong> interpret<br />

knowledge in the discipline<br />

Demonstrate a conceptual underst<strong>and</strong>ing that enables you to evaluate critically current research <strong>and</strong> advanced<br />

scholarship in the area of language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning<br />

41


TPB2011-025<br />

Programme Title: MA in Language Teaching<br />

B 5<br />

Demonstrate a conceptual underst<strong>and</strong>ing that enables you to evaluate methodologies in the area of language<br />

teaching <strong>and</strong> learning <strong>and</strong> develop critiques of them <strong>and</strong>, where appropriate, to propose new hypotheses.<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

C 4<br />

C 5<br />

C 6<br />

Able to critically evaluate the reliability of different sources of information<br />

Able to use information for evidence-based decision-making <strong>and</strong> creative thinking<br />

Able to adapt your underst<strong>and</strong>ing to new <strong>and</strong> unfamiliar settings<br />

Able to exercise initiative <strong>and</strong> personal responsibility<br />

Demonstrate decision-making in complex <strong>and</strong> unpredictable situations<br />

Demonstrate the independent learning ability required for continuing professional development<br />

How Will You Learn?<br />

A range of Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning techniques will be used, tailored to the learning outcomes of the different modules. These will<br />

include lectures, seminar discussions, directed readings, practical tasks, material development, library-based research,<br />

presentations, group work <strong>and</strong> knowledge transfer activities. Individual module forms list further details of teaching <strong>and</strong> learning<br />

procedures.<br />

How Will You Be Assessed?<br />

A wide range of assessment techniques will also be used. These will include essays, portfolios, continuous assessment,<br />

presentations, practical tasks, material development. Individual module proposal forms list further details of assessment<br />

practices.<br />

How is the Programme Structured?<br />

For the nine specific modules <strong>and</strong> their titles, please see below. In addition to the two core modules LLUtbc1 <strong>and</strong> LLUtbc2, you<br />

will choose two elective modules worth a total of 60 credits, according to your career plans. All elective modules are valued at 30<br />

credits. Most elective modules run over one semester <strong>and</strong> are offered either in semester 1 or 2. LLU7tbc3 runs in semester 1 <strong>and</strong> is<br />

the prerequisite for LLU7tbc4 which runs in semester 2; together they provide students with a thorough overview of the use of<br />

42


TPB2011-025<br />

Programme Title: MA in Language Teaching<br />

educational technology in language teaching. LLU7tbc9 runs in semester 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 <strong>and</strong> provides students with an insight in<br />

language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning from the perspective of both the language learner <strong>and</strong> the language teacher: In our language<br />

centre, students learn a language which is different from their mother tongue <strong>and</strong> other languages they speak or have learned<br />

before. In addition, there is a one-hour seminar per week in which, under the supervision of experienced staff, students reflect on<br />

the methods, processes <strong>and</strong> effects connected to the teaching <strong>and</strong> learning process. On successful completion of the module,<br />

students will be issued with a separate, additional language certificate.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Year of Study 1<br />

Module Title<br />

Language Teaching – Approaches <strong>and</strong><br />

Methods<br />

Module<br />

Code<br />

Credits<br />

Level<br />

Module<br />

Selection<br />

Status<br />

<strong>Academic</strong><br />

Year of<br />

Study<br />

Semester<br />

LLU7tbc1 60 7 Core 1 Semesters 1 & 2<br />

Dissertation in Language Teaching LLU7tbc2 60 7 Core 1 Semester 3<br />

Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language<br />

Teaching I<br />

Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language<br />

Teaching II<br />

LLU7tbc3 30 7 Elective 1 Semester 1<br />

LLU7tbc4 30 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />

Assessment in Language Teaching LLU7tbc5 30 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />

Syllabus Development in Language<br />

Teaching<br />

Analysing <strong>and</strong> Teaching of Spoken<br />

Language<br />

Corpus Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Language<br />

Teaching<br />

Teachers as Learners – Learners as<br />

Teachers<br />

LLU7tbc6 30 7 Elective 1 Semester 1<br />

LLU7tbc7 30 7 Elective 1 Semester 1<br />

LLU7tbc8 30 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />

LLU7tbc9 30 7 Elective 1 Semesters 1 & 2<br />

What Are the Entry Requirements?<br />

• Upper second-class honours (or overseas equivalent) in an undergraduate degree in language, or in a field related to language/<br />

culture<br />

• IELTS 7.0 with 7.0 in writing (or equivalent) required of overseas applicants whose first language is not English<br />

43


TPB2011-025<br />

Programme Title: MA in Language Teaching<br />

How Do We Listen <strong>and</strong> Act on Your Feedback?<br />

The Staff-Student Liaison Committee provides a formal means of communication <strong>and</strong> discussion between Schools <strong>and</strong> its<br />

students. The committee consists of student representatives from each year in the school/institute together with appropriate<br />

representation from staff within the school/institute. It is designed to respond to the needs of students, as well as act as a forum<br />

for discussing programme <strong>and</strong> module developments. Staff-Student Liaison Committees meet regularly throughout the year.<br />

Each school operates a Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching Committee, or equivalent, which advises the School/Institute Director of Taught<br />

Programmes on all matters relating to the delivery of taught programmes at school level including monitoring the application of<br />

relevant QM policies <strong>and</strong> reviewing all proposals for module <strong>and</strong> programme approval <strong>and</strong> amendment before submission to<br />

Taught Programmes Board. Student views are incorporated in this Committee’s work in a number of ways, such as through<br />

student membership, or consideration of student surveys.<br />

All schools operate an Annual Programme Review of their taught undergraduate <strong>and</strong> postgraduate provision. The process is<br />

normally organised at a School-level basis with the Head of School, or equivalent, responsible for the completion of the school's<br />

Annual Programme Reviews. Schools/institutes are required to produce a separate Annual Programme Review for undergraduate<br />

programmes <strong>and</strong> for postgraduate taught programmes using the relevant Undergraduate or Postgraduate Annual Programme<br />

Review pro-forma. Students’ views are considered in this process through analysis of the NSS <strong>and</strong> module evaluations.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Support<br />

In addition to the huge range of support for students provided by the college (the Dean <strong>and</strong> Deputy Dean for Students; the<br />

Student Finance <strong>and</strong> Bursary Officer; <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Advice <strong>and</strong> Counselling Service; Occupational Health Service; Student Health<br />

Service; Careers Service; Library Services; Disability <strong>and</strong> Dyslexia Service; Students' Union; Westfield Nursery; Chaplaincy, etc.), all<br />

MA students are supported by their individual advisors. Students will also attend postgraduate research training sessions held by<br />

SLLF during the first four weeks of the MA programme.<br />

Programme-specific Rules <strong>and</strong> Facts<br />

N/A<br />

Specific Support for Disabled Students<br />

<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> has a central Disability <strong>and</strong> Dyslexia Service (DDS) that offers support for all students with disabilities, specific<br />

learning difficulties <strong>and</strong> mental health issues. The DDS supports all <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> students: full-time, part-time, undergraduate,<br />

postgraduate, UK <strong>and</strong> international at all campuses <strong>and</strong> all sites.<br />

Students can access advice, guidance <strong>and</strong> support in the following areas:<br />

• Finding out if you have a specific learning difficulty like dyslexia<br />

• Applying for funding through the Disabled Students' Allowance (DSA)<br />

• Arranging DSA assessments of need<br />

• Special arrangements in examinations<br />

• Accessing loaned equipment (e.g. digital recorders)<br />

• Specialist one-to-one "study skills" tuition<br />

• Ensuring access to course materials in alternative formats (e.g. Braille)<br />

• Providing educational support workers (e.g. note-takers, readers, library assistants)<br />

• Mentoring support for students with mental health issues <strong>and</strong> conditions on the autistic spectrum.<br />

44


TPB2011-025<br />

Programme Title: MA in Language Teaching<br />

Links With Employers, Placement Opportunities <strong>and</strong> Transferable Skills<br />

• Links With Employers, Placement Opportunities = N/A<br />

• Transferable skills as outlined in "Learning Outcomes / Attributes", C1 - C6<br />

Programme Specification Approval<br />

Person completing Programme Specification<br />

Dr Falco Pfalzgraf<br />

Person responsible for management of programme Dr Falco Pfalzgraf<br />

Date Programme Specification produced/amended<br />

by School Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching Committee<br />

Date Programme Specification approved by<br />

Taught Programmes Board<br />

TBD<br />

45


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Language Teaching – Approaches <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc1<br />

Credit Value 60 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code X300 <strong>Academic</strong> studies in Education<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

N/A<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

Responsible School<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 15 6 30<br />

2013/14 20 6 30<br />

2014/15 25 6 30<br />

46


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

This is one of the two the core modules for the MA in Language Teaching in which students will be given a comprehensive<br />

overview of essential theories concerning Second Language Acquisition (SLA) research.<br />

This is the teaching plan:<br />

Semester 1, Week 1<br />

Introduction to Second Language Acquisition (SLA) research<br />

Semester 1, Week 2<br />

Learning <strong>and</strong> teaching different types of grammar I<br />

Semester 1, Week 3<br />

Learning <strong>and</strong> teaching different types of grammar II<br />

Semester 1, Week 4<br />

Learning <strong>and</strong> teaching vocabulary<br />

Semester 1, Week 5<br />

Acquiring <strong>and</strong> teaching pronunciation I<br />

Semester 1, Week 6<br />

Acquiring <strong>and</strong> teaching pronunciation II<br />

Semester 1, Week 8<br />

Acquiring <strong>and</strong> teaching a new writing system I<br />

Semester 1, Week 9<br />

Acquiring <strong>and</strong> teaching a new writing system II<br />

Semester 1, Week 10<br />

Strategies for communicating <strong>and</strong> learning<br />

Semester 1, Week 11<br />

The listening <strong>and</strong> reading process<br />

Semester 1, Week 12<br />

Summary <strong>and</strong> conclusions<br />

Semester 2, Week 1<br />

Individual differences in L2 users <strong>and</strong> L2 learners I<br />

Semester 2, Week 2<br />

Individual differences in L2 users <strong>and</strong> L2 learners II<br />

Semester 2, Week 3<br />

Classroom interaction <strong>and</strong> Conversation Analysys<br />

Semester 2, Week 4<br />

The L2 user <strong>and</strong> the native speaker I<br />

Semester 2, Week 5<br />

47


TPB2011-025<br />

The L2 user <strong>and</strong> the native speaker II<br />

Semester 2, Week 6<br />

The goals of language teaching<br />

Semester 2, Week 8<br />

General models of L2 learning I<br />

Semester 2, Week 9<br />

General models of L2 learning II<br />

Semester 2, Week 10<br />

Second language learning <strong>and</strong> language teaching styles<br />

Semester 2, Week 11<br />

Second language learning <strong>and</strong> language teaching styles<br />

Semester 2, Week 12<br />

Summary <strong>and</strong> conclusions<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

• Teaching staff (Dr Falco Pfalzgraf)<br />

• Updated library resources<br />

• Laptop for PowerPoint presentations<br />

• Data projector for PowerPoint presentations<br />

• Lecture/seminar room with st<strong>and</strong>ard equipment<br />

N/A<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Ruediger<br />

Goerner<br />

Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />

DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />

<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />

Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />

email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.12 10:26:40 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

48


TPB2011-025<br />

Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Language Teaching – Approaches <strong>and</strong> Methods<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc1<br />

Credit Value 60 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semesters 1 & 2<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Dr Falco Pfalzgraf<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

N/A N/A N/A<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

This is one of the two the core modules for the MA in Language Teaching. Students will be given a comprehensive overview of<br />

essential theories concerning Second Language Acquisition (SLA) research.<br />

Areas to be covered will include: Learning <strong>and</strong> teaching different types of grammar, vocabulary, <strong>and</strong> pronunciation; Acquiring<br />

<strong>and</strong> teaching a new writing system; Strategies for communicating <strong>and</strong> learning; The listening <strong>and</strong> reading process; Individual<br />

differences in L2 users <strong>and</strong> L2 learners; Classroom interaction <strong>and</strong> Conversation Analysis; The L2 user <strong>and</strong> the native speaker; The<br />

goals of language teaching; General models of L2 learning; Second language learning <strong>and</strong> language teaching styles.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

The educational purpose for offering this core module is to provide students with an in-depth overview of essential theories of<br />

Second Language Acquisition research which is essential for their future work <strong>and</strong> career.<br />

49


TPB2011-025<br />

3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

Able to deal with complex issues both systematically <strong>and</strong> creatively, make sound judgements in the absence of<br />

complete data, <strong>and</strong> communicate their conclusions clearly to specialist <strong>and</strong> non-specialist audiences<br />

Able to demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in tackling <strong>and</strong> solving problems, <strong>and</strong> act autonomously in planning<br />

<strong>and</strong> implementing tasks at a professional or equivalent level<br />

Able to continue to advance their knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing, <strong>and</strong> to develop new skills to a high level<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

B 4<br />

B 5<br />

demonstrate a systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of knowledge <strong>and</strong> a critical awareness of current problems <strong>and</strong> new insights<br />

concerning language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning theory, much of which is at, or informed by, the forefront of their<br />

academic field of study / academic discipline<br />

demonstrate a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of techniques applicable to their own research in the area of language<br />

teaching <strong>and</strong> learning<br />

show originality in the application of knowledge, together with a practical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of how established<br />

techniques of research <strong>and</strong> enquiry in the area of language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning are used to create <strong>and</strong> interpret<br />

knowledge in the discipline<br />

demonstrate a conceptual underst<strong>and</strong>ing that enables the student to evaluate critically current research <strong>and</strong><br />

advanced scholarship in the area of language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning<br />

demonstrate a conceptual underst<strong>and</strong>ing that enables the student to evaluate methodologies in the area of language<br />

teaching <strong>and</strong> learning <strong>and</strong> develop critiques of them <strong>and</strong>, where appropriate, to propose new hypotheses.<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

C 4<br />

C 5<br />

C 6<br />

Ability to critically evaluate the reliability of different sources of information<br />

Ability to use information for evidence-based decision-making <strong>and</strong> creative thinking<br />

Ability to adapt their underst<strong>and</strong>ing to new <strong>and</strong> unfamiliar settings<br />

Ability to exercise of initiative <strong>and</strong> personal responsibility<br />

Ability to demonstrate decision-making in complex <strong>and</strong> unpredictable situations<br />

Ability to demonstrate independent learning ability required for continuing professional development<br />

50


TPB2011-025<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

• Cook, Vivian (2008): Second Language Learning <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching. Fourth edition. London: Hodder.<br />

• Richards, Jack C. & Rodgers, Theodore S. (2011): Approaches <strong>and</strong> Methods in Language Teaching. Second edition. Cambridge:<br />

CUP.<br />

• Hedge, Tricia (2010): Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning in the Language Classroom. Oxford: OUP.<br />

• Kolker Horwitz, Elaine (2008): Becoming a Language Teacher. A Practical Guide to Second Language Learning <strong>and</strong> Language<br />

Teaching. New York: Pearson.<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

Combination of lectures <strong>and</strong> seminars.<br />

11 weeks of teaching in both semesters,<br />

2h student/lecturer interaction per week<br />

= in total 44h student/lecturer interaction<br />

22h per week during 22 weeks of teaching = 484h<br />

plus 36h each reading week = 72h<br />

= in total 556h student independent learning time<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

44h student/lecturer interaction<br />

+ 556h student independent learning time<br />

= 600h total module notional study hours<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

51


TPB2011-025<br />

Continuous assessment over the<br />

whole year: 5 pieces of<br />

coursework per semester, 400<br />

words each<br />

Coursework<br />

5 pieces of<br />

coursework per<br />

semester, 400<br />

words each =<br />

4000 words in<br />

total<br />

50% No n/a<br />

Essay one at end of first semester Coursework 2,000 words 25% No n/a<br />

Essay two at end of second<br />

semester<br />

Coursework 2,000 words 25% Yes n/a<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

2 essays Coursework 4000 words each<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

52


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title MA Dissertation in Language Teaching<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc2<br />

Credit Value 60 Level 7 Module Type DPM Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code<br />

X300 <strong>Academic</strong> studies in Education<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

N/A<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

Responsible School<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 15 6 30<br />

2013/14 20 6 30<br />

2014/15 25 6 30<br />

53


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

Core module for the MA in Language Teaching. In co-ordination with their supervisor, students will write a 10,000 to 12,000 word<br />

dissertation on a topic (original research) of their choice.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

• Staff for supervision<br />

• Updated library resources<br />

N/A<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Ruediger<br />

Goerner<br />

Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />

DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />

<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />

Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />

email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.12 10:29:51 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

54


TPB2011-025<br />

Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title MA Dissertation in Language Teaching<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc2<br />

Credit Value 60 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 3<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Dr Falco Pfalzgraf<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

N/A N/A N/A<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

In coordination with a supervisor, students will select a topic for advanced study. They will collect <strong>and</strong> analyse the necessary data.<br />

This will result in the writing of a 10,000 to 12,000 word dissertation. For this, students will synthesize various aspects of the<br />

knowledge they will have obtained through the degree <strong>and</strong> demonstrate their ability to conduct <strong>and</strong> present high quality<br />

original research.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

• Enable students to plan, conduct <strong>and</strong> present in written form an extended research project.<br />

55


TPB2011-025<br />

3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

Able to devise an appropriate, relevant <strong>and</strong> original research question<br />

Able to conduct <strong>and</strong> execute appropriate data collection <strong>and</strong> analysis<br />

Able to identify <strong>and</strong> synthesize existing information on a given topic <strong>and</strong> apply it to a new domain<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

Effectively communicate background, method, findings <strong>and</strong> interpretations in written form<br />

Develop expertise in a given area<br />

Write effectively <strong>and</strong> confidently in a formal/professional style<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

Ability to plan long-term projects, identifying constituent steps along the way<br />

Ability to manage time effectively <strong>and</strong> work independently<br />

Ability to set own deadlines for completion <strong>and</strong> learn to meet <strong>and</strong> adapt to self-imposed targets, as necessary<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

N/A<br />

56


TPB2011-025<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

5h to 10h in summer term<br />

for formal meetings between student <strong>and</strong> research supervisor<br />

This contact time is in addition to any informal supervision that takes<br />

place (including e-mail contact, time supervisor spends reading draft<br />

portions of dissertation, etc.)<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

590h to 595h over summer term (May-August):<br />

planning project, conducting data collection <strong>and</strong> analysis<br />

<strong>and</strong> writing final dissertation.<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

5h to 10h student/lecturer interaction<br />

+ 590h to 595h student independent learning time<br />

= 600h total module notional study hours<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

10,000 to 12,000<br />

words<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

MA Dissertation<br />

in Language Teaching<br />

Dissertation<br />

100% Yes n/a<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

57


TPB2011-025<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

58


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching I – Technology in the Classroom<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc3<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code<br />

X100 Training Teachers<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

N/A<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

Responsible School<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 15 6 30<br />

2013/14 20 6 30<br />

2014/15 25 6 30<br />

59


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

The twenty-first century language teacher has to be not only a competent <strong>and</strong> innovative user of learning technologies, but one<br />

who underst<strong>and</strong>s new technologies well enough to enable their students to make creative use of those technologies in their<br />

language studies. According to Eaton (2010), "Students are harnessing their creativity to express themselves <strong>and</strong> demonstrate<br />

what they know using technology. The challenge for the twenty-first century teacher will be to find ways to allow them to do<br />

that." A survey of the state-of-the-art of technologies available to educators today (e.g. Godwin-Jones, 2007; V<strong>and</strong>erplank, 2010),<br />

shows that language teachers today need to be well-versed in how to make effective use of learning technologies in their<br />

teaching practice. The purpose of this course, therefore, is to provide an opportunity for practising language teachers to develop<br />

their skills in the field of language learning with technology.<br />

This optional module therefore, is designed to provide an introduction to key developments in the field <strong>and</strong> to provide<br />

opportunities for course participants to develop their practical skills in using technology in language teaching.<br />

References<br />

Eaton, S.E., (2010).' Global Trends in Language Learning in the 21st Century.' < http://www.eaea.org/doc/news/Global-Trends-in-<br />

Language-Learning-in-the-21st-Century.pdf. Accessed 27/6/2011 ><br />

Godwin-Jones, R., (2007). 'Emerging Technologies Tools <strong>and</strong> Trends in Self-Paced Language Instruction.' Language Learning <strong>and</strong><br />

Technology, 11:2, 10-17. < http://llt.msu.edu/vol11num2/emerging/default.html. Accessed 27/6/2011 ><br />

V<strong>and</strong>erplank, R., (2010). 'De´ ja` vu? A decade of research on language laboratories, television <strong>and</strong> video in language learning.'<br />

Language Teaching, 43:1, 1-37. < http://journals.cambridge.org/abstract_S0261444809990267. Accessed 27/6/2011 ><br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Personnel: Mr Martin Barge (Technical Director of the Language Centre). The fact<br />

the Mr Barge will be engaged in pedagogical activity may require obtaining<br />

additional technical help from IT Services when required.<br />

Resources: Language Centre language labs, Smartboards, projectors, PCs,<br />

language learning software including licences. Purchase of copies of set texts for<br />

QM Library; language learning materials for evaluation.<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

N/A<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Ruediger<br />

Goerner<br />

Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />

DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />

<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />

Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />

email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.12 10:33:02 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

60


TPB2011-025<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

61


TPB2011-025<br />

Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching I – Technology in the Classroom<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc3<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Mr Martin Barge<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

N/A N/A N/A<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

This module is designed to provide an introduction to the pedagogical use of technology in the language classroom. The course<br />

will focus on key issues <strong>and</strong> developments in the field of classroom-based language teaching with technology <strong>and</strong> will explore<br />

practical approaches to using technological tools in the classroom. Participants will be given opportunities to develop practical<br />

lesson ideas <strong>and</strong> materials <strong>and</strong> will be encouraged to pursue their particular interests in the subject area.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

This module aims to provide a broad introduction to the field of language teaching with technology. Language teachers today<br />

are required to become competent at using a wide range of specialised <strong>and</strong> generic technological tools in their teaching practice.<br />

This module aims to address this requirement by providing opportunities for course participants to develop their technical <strong>and</strong><br />

pedagogical skills' set in a modern technological language learning facility (the <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Language Centre Laboratories). The<br />

module content will include explorations of the theoretical <strong>and</strong> research literature in the field, as well as providing h<strong>and</strong>s-on<br />

practice in teaching with technology. Participants will be required to demonstrate acquisition of skills <strong>and</strong> knowledge through<br />

both written <strong>and</strong> practical production.<br />

62


TPB2011-025<br />

3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

Participants will develop a systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of core knowledge, together with a critical awareness of current<br />

problems <strong>and</strong> new insights in the field of educational technology in language education.<br />

Participants will develop a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of approaches <strong>and</strong> techniques applicable to the<br />

development of their own research <strong>and</strong> scholarship in this field of enquiry.<br />

Participants will demonstrate originality in the application of knowledge, together with a practical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of<br />

how established techniques of research <strong>and</strong> enquiry are used to create, interpret <strong>and</strong> apply knowledge in the<br />

discipline.<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

Participants will be able to critically evaluate current research <strong>and</strong> advanced scholarship in the field of educational<br />

technology <strong>and</strong> language learning.<br />

Participants will be able to evaluate pedagogical approaches <strong>and</strong> methodologies, develop critiques of them <strong>and</strong>,<br />

where appropriate, propose new hypotheses.<br />

Participants will continue to advance their knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing in the field of educational technology, <strong>and</strong><br />

to develop new skills to a high level.<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

Participants will demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in tackling <strong>and</strong> solving problems, <strong>and</strong> act autonomously in<br />

planning <strong>and</strong> implementing tasks to a professional st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />

Participants will demonstrate evidence of independent learning abilities required for their continuing professional<br />

development in the field.<br />

Participants will demonstrate initiative <strong>and</strong> personal responsibility in making technical <strong>and</strong> pedagogical decisions <strong>and</strong><br />

choices in a range of classroom-based situations.<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

• Crystal, D. (2001). Language <strong>and</strong> the Internet. Cambridge. CUP.<br />

• Levy, M. (1997). Computer-Assisted Language Learning. Context <strong>and</strong> Conceptualization. Oxford. OUP.<br />

• Pennington, M.C. (1996). The Power of CALL. Houston. Athelstan.<br />

• Scrimshaw, P. (1993). Language, Classrooms <strong>and</strong> Computers. London. RoutledgeFalmer.<br />

• Windeatt, S., Hardisty, D. <strong>and</strong> D. Eastment (2000). The Internet. Oxford. OUP.<br />

63


TPB2011-025<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

11 teaching weeks per semester, 2h classes per week = total 22h<br />

Lab-based classes (2 hours per week) will focus on practical<br />

dimensions of the discipline. This will be supported by guided<br />

materials <strong>and</strong> structured tasks on the VLE.<br />

22h per week during the 11 weeks teaching time = total 242<br />

Plus 36h in Reading week = 36h<br />

total 278h<br />

Students will be required to undertake extensive reading of the<br />

literature in the discipline. This will consist of books <strong>and</strong> refereed<br />

journals, available online <strong>and</strong> via the Library. Participants will also be<br />

required to plan, prepare <strong>and</strong> produce high-quality lesson materials.<br />

300<br />

This will consist of a balance of theoretical input based around the<br />

core literature <strong>and</strong> in-class discussion, combined with practical labbased<br />

activity supplemented with online tutorial material provided<br />

on the VLE.<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

A written evaluation of one or<br />

two published pedagogical<br />

materials that use technology in<br />

the classroom.<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Coursework 1,400 words 30% No n/a<br />

The creation of a set of lesson<br />

materials for a 1-1.5 hour<br />

language lesson incorporating at<br />

least two technological teaching<br />

tools. Accompanied by a written<br />

essay explaining the rationale for,<br />

development of <strong>and</strong><br />

implementation of the materials.<br />

Coursework<br />

1 x 1-1.5 hour set<br />

of lesson<br />

materials; plus 1<br />

x 2,000 word<br />

essay.<br />

70% Yes n/a<br />

64


TPB2011-025<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

65


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching II<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc4<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code<br />

X100<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

N/A<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

Responsible School<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 15 6 30<br />

2013/14 20 6 30<br />

2014/15 25 6 30<br />

66


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

Computer technologies offer great scope <strong>and</strong> opportunities for language teachers to create <strong>and</strong> develop engaging <strong>and</strong> effective<br />

computer-based language learning applications for their learners, including desktop, mobile <strong>and</strong> web-based applications, such<br />

as language games, quizzes <strong>and</strong> multimedia materials. The tools available to teachers for this purpose range from relatively easyto-use,<br />

template-based authoring environments, to complex web <strong>and</strong> application programming languages. This presents<br />

interesting questions about the interface between the disciplines of language teaching, e-learning <strong>and</strong> elements of computer<br />

science. It has even been proposed that language teachers who learn the basics of computer programming bring increased<br />

benefits to the language teaching profession (Vincent, M., 1985). This optional module, therefore, aims to address this<br />

professional need, by providing an introduction to the design <strong>and</strong> development of computer-based language learning materials<br />

for learner-directed self-access learning contexts.<br />

References<br />

Vincent, M. (1985). Should Teachers Learn to Programme? Computers in English Language Teaching. ELT Documents: 122, pp<br />

79-82.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Personnel: Mr Martin Barge (Technical Director of the Language Centre). The fact<br />

the Mr Barge will be engaged in pedagogical activity may require obtaining<br />

additional technical help from IT Services when required.<br />

Resources: Language Centre language labs, Smartboards, projectors, PCs,<br />

language learning software including licences. Purchase of copies of set texts for<br />

QM Library; language learning materials for evaluation.<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

N/A<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Ruediger<br />

Goerner<br />

Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />

DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />

<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />

Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />

email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.12 10:39:49 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

67


TPB2011-025<br />

Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Educational Technology <strong>and</strong> Language Teaching II<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc4<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Mr Martin Barge<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

N/A N/A N/A<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

This module will provide an introduction to the use of computer software for the creation of digital language learning materials'<br />

for use by learners in self-access, self-study contexts. The module will focus on theoretical <strong>and</strong> research literature in the field of<br />

computer-based <strong>and</strong> web-based language learning materials' design, <strong>and</strong> will introduce participants to a range of authoring<br />

tools <strong>and</strong> scripting languages that can be used for this purpose. Participants will be encouraged to explore their own interests in<br />

this field <strong>and</strong> to develop their own materials.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

Advances <strong>and</strong> developments in digital technologies over the course of the past 30 years have brought with them a proliferation<br />

of digital language learning materials, from CD/DVD-ROM-based materials to the sophisticated, web-based language learning<br />

applications of today. This module, therefore, aims to provide course participants with a broad underst<strong>and</strong>ing of trends <strong>and</strong><br />

developments in this field, with a particular focus on how such materials are made, the design principles underpinning them <strong>and</strong><br />

the development tools used in their creation. The course also aims to provide participants with the basic techniques <strong>and</strong> skills<br />

needed to develop effective computer-based language learning materials for independent language learning contexts.<br />

68


TPB2011-025<br />

3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

Participants will develop a systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of core knowledge, together with a critical awareness of current<br />

problems <strong>and</strong> new insights in the field of digital materials' design for language education.<br />

Participants will develop a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of approaches <strong>and</strong> techniques applicable to the<br />

development of their own research <strong>and</strong> scholarship in this field of enquiry.<br />

Participants will demonstrate originality in the application of knowledge, together with a practical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of<br />

how established techniques of research <strong>and</strong> enquiry are used to create, interpret <strong>and</strong> apply knowledge in the field of<br />

digital language learning media.<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

Participants will be able to critically evaluate current research <strong>and</strong> advanced scholarship in the field of digital<br />

materials' design for language learning.<br />

Participants will be able to evaluate a range of approaches <strong>and</strong> methodologies applicable to digital materials'<br />

development, develop critiques of them <strong>and</strong>, where appropriate, propose new hypotheses.<br />

Participants will continue to advance their knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing in the field of digital materials'<br />

development, <strong>and</strong> to develop new skills to a high level.<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

Participants will demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in tackling <strong>and</strong> solving problems, <strong>and</strong> act autonomously in<br />

planning <strong>and</strong> implementing design solutions to a professional st<strong>and</strong>ard.<br />

Participants will demonstrate evidence of independent learning abilities required for their continuing professional<br />

development in the field.<br />

Participants will demonstrate initiative <strong>and</strong> personal responsibility in making technical <strong>and</strong> design decisions <strong>and</strong><br />

choices appropriate to their chosen contexts.<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

• Felix, U. (2003). Language learning online: towards best practice. Lisse. Swets <strong>and</strong> Zeitlinger.<br />

• Hemard, D.P. (1997). Design Principles <strong>and</strong> Guidelines for Authoring Hypermedia Language Learning Applications. System 25(1),<br />

9-27.<br />

• Levy, M. <strong>and</strong> Stockwell, G. (2003). CALL dimensions: options <strong>and</strong> issues in computer-assisted language learning. Mahwah.<br />

Lawrence Erlbaum Assoc.<br />

• Oliver, R. <strong>and</strong> Herrington, J. (1995). Developing effective hypermedia instructional materials. Australian Journal of Educational<br />

Technology, 11(2), 8-22.<br />

• Watts, N. (1997). A Learner Based Design Model for Interactive Multimedia Language Learning Packages. System 25(1), 1-8.<br />

69


TPB2011-025<br />

Practical Text:<br />

• Richardson. W. (2009). Blogs, wikis, podcasts, <strong>and</strong> other powerful web tools for classrooms. USA. Corwin Press.<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

11 teaching weeks per semester, 2h classes per week = total 22h<br />

Lab-based classes (2 hours per week) will focus on practical skills.<br />

This will be supported by guided materials <strong>and</strong> structured tasks on<br />

the VLE.<br />

22h per week during the 11 weeks teaching time = total 242<br />

Plus 36h in Reading week = 36h<br />

total 278h<br />

Students will be required to undertake extensive reading of the<br />

literature in the discipline. This will consist of books, refereed<br />

journals, technical guides <strong>and</strong> practice-based tutorial material.<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

300<br />

This will consist of a balance of theoretical input based around the<br />

core literature <strong>and</strong> in-class discussion, combined with practical<br />

computer-based activity, supplemented with online tutorial material<br />

provided on the VLE.<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

A written evaluation of one or<br />

two sets of digital materials<br />

designed for independent<br />

language learning.<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Coursework 1,400 words 30% No n/a<br />

70


TPB2011-025<br />

The design <strong>and</strong> partial creation of<br />

a set of digital materials designed<br />

for independent language<br />

learning.<br />

Practical<br />

1 x set of digital<br />

materials (5<br />

screens),<br />

accompanied by<br />

1 x materials'<br />

design<br />

document <strong>and</strong><br />

rationale (2,000<br />

words)<br />

70% Yes n/a<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

71


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Assessment in Language Teaching<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc5<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code<br />

X300 <strong>Academic</strong> studies in Education<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

N/A<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

Responsible School<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 15 6 30<br />

2013/14 20 6 30<br />

2014/15 25 6 30<br />

72


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

Option module for the MA in Language Teaching.<br />

The rationale for this module is to contextualise the role of assessment within the language learning process <strong>and</strong> to identify ways<br />

in which forms of assessment influence the content of a language learning course or process. There is a need for continuing<br />

research <strong>and</strong> development in the field, both from the theoretical <strong>and</strong> practical point of view. This module aims to raise students'<br />

awareness of the importance of different approaches to assessment in language learning.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Language laboratories, laptop computer, course material, supplementary<br />

teaching material including audio-visual, books, journals <strong>and</strong> other references.<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

N/A<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Ruediger<br />

Goerner<br />

Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />

DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />

<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />

Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />

email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.12 10:42:00 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

73


TPB2011-025<br />

Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Assessment in Language Teaching<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc5<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Rosa Maria Martin <strong>and</strong> Martyn Ellis<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

N/A N/A N/A<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

The module will describe <strong>and</strong> analyse the theoretical development <strong>and</strong> principles of language test construction <strong>and</strong> its history. It<br />

will also analyse <strong>and</strong> assess different models of language tests with regard to validity, reliability <strong>and</strong> fitness for purpose. It will<br />

look at different areas of assessment, including self-assessment <strong>and</strong> continuous assessment. The role played by the Common<br />

European Framework of Reference will be studied. The module will investigate aspects of the washback effect of tests on<br />

teaching <strong>and</strong> course content <strong>and</strong> will involve students in the evaluation <strong>and</strong> construction of language assessment tools.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

The module aims to develop an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the historical <strong>and</strong> theoretical development of language test construction, of<br />

the various purposes of language testing <strong>and</strong> to analyse the criteria by which the validity of various language testing formats <strong>and</strong><br />

content can be measured. The module also aims to provide insights <strong>and</strong> guidance into ways in which assessment in language<br />

learning can be built into a course of study <strong>and</strong> also to guide students towards relevant approaches in the evaluation <strong>and</strong><br />

construction of effective <strong>and</strong> appropriate language assessment tests.<br />

74


TPB2011-025<br />

3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

Students will develop a systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of knowledge of the theoretical <strong>and</strong> historical development of<br />

language assessment <strong>and</strong> testing.<br />

Students will develop a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of techniques involved in the construction of language<br />

assessment tests as a result of their own research into the area.<br />

Through an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of how established techniques of research are used to create <strong>and</strong> interpret knowledge in<br />

the discipline, students will apply such knowledge in the construction <strong>and</strong> analysis of language testing assessment<br />

tools.<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

Students will be able to deal systematically with the complex issues related to validity, reliability <strong>and</strong> fitness for<br />

purpose of different forms of language assessment test.<br />

Students will be able to demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in tackling <strong>and</strong> solving problems related to the<br />

discipline, <strong>and</strong> act autonomously in planning <strong>and</strong> implementing tasks at the required level relating to the<br />

development of valid language testing materials.<br />

Students will be suitably equipped to continue to advance their knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> to develop new<br />

skills related to the topic of assessment in language learning.<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to be able to exercise initiative <strong>and</strong> personal<br />

responsibility in the area of assessment in language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />

Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to manage decision-making in complex <strong>and</strong><br />

unpredictable situations in the area of assessment in language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />

Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to be able to continue independent learning required<br />

for continuing professional development in the area of assessment in language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

• Alderson, J. & North, B. (eds) (1991). Language Testing in the 1990s: The Communicative Legacy. London: Macmillan.<br />

• Alderson, J. C. & Clapham, C. M. & D. Wall (1995). Language Test Construction <strong>and</strong> Evaluation. Cambridge: Cambridge University<br />

Press.<br />

• Buck, G. (2001). Assessing Listening. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.<br />

• <strong>Council</strong> of Europe (ed.) (2002). Common European Framework of reference for languages : learning, teaching, assessment : case<br />

studies.<br />

• Martyniuk, Waldemar (2010). Aligning tests with the CEFR: reflections on using the <strong>Council</strong> of Europe's draft manual. Cambridge<br />

75


TPB2011-025<br />

University Press.<br />

• Weigle, S. C. (2002). Assessing Writing. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.<br />

• Hunt, M.J. & Neill, S.R.St. J. & Barnes, A. (2007). The use of ICT in the assessment of modern languages: the English context <strong>and</strong><br />

European viewpoints. Educational Review 59/2, pp. 195-213.<br />

• Norris, John Michael (2008). Validity evaluation in language assessment. Frankfurt am Main etc: Lang.<br />

• The International Language Testing Association (ILTA) 2002 Web Site. .<br />

• Two sites, the first of which gives examples of many tests of English <strong>and</strong> the second of which<br />

describes the DIALANG project in Europe .<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

11 teaching weeks per semester, 2h classes per week = total 22h<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

22h per week during the 11 weeks teaching time = total 242<br />

Plus 36h in Reading week = 36h<br />

total 278h<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

300<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Essay on the theory of<br />

assessment or analysis of a test<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Coursework 4000 100% Yes n/a<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

76


TPB2011-025<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

77


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Syllabus Design in Language Teaching<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc6<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code<br />

X300 <strong>Academic</strong> studies in Education<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

N/A<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

Responsible School<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 15 6 30<br />

2013/14 20 6 30<br />

2014/15 25 6 30<br />

78


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

Option module for the MA in Language Teaching.<br />

The rationale for this option module is to consider the importance of syllabus design in the language learning process <strong>and</strong> its<br />

influence on the content <strong>and</strong> desired outcomes of the language learning course. In order to provide a background to its<br />

development, the history of syllabus design in language learning will be considered <strong>and</strong> recent approaches <strong>and</strong> rationales to<br />

syllabus design will be analysed.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Language laboratories, laptop computer, course material, supplementary<br />

teaching material including audio-visual, books, journals <strong>and</strong> other references.<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

N/A<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Ruediger<br />

Goerner<br />

Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />

DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />

<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />

Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />

email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.12 10:43:40 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

79


TPB2011-025<br />

Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Syllabus Design in Language Teaching<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc6<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Rosa Maria Martin <strong>and</strong> Martyn Ellis<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

N/A N/A N/A<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

The module will describe <strong>and</strong> analyse the theoretical development <strong>and</strong> principles of syllabus design in language learning <strong>and</strong> its<br />

history. It will also analyse <strong>and</strong> assess different types of syllabi in use in today's language learning classrooms. The role played by<br />

the Common European Framework of Reference in influencing modern syllabus design will also be considered. The module will<br />

evaluate examples of different syllabus types in terms of their suitability <strong>and</strong> ease of use in a number of language learning<br />

situations <strong>and</strong> will engage students in writing their own syllabi.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

The module aims to develop in students an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the historical <strong>and</strong> theoretical development of syllabus design <strong>and</strong><br />

of the ways in which syllabus design has responded to different theories of effective teaching <strong>and</strong> learning. It aims to assess the<br />

practicality of different syllabus types in terms of delivering effective language courses <strong>and</strong> will provide students with the tools<br />

with which to effectively assess the strengths, weaknesses <strong>and</strong> suitability of a range of syllabus types.<br />

80


TPB2011-025<br />

3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

Students will develop a systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the theoretical <strong>and</strong> historical development of various types of<br />

language learning syllabus.<br />

Students will develop a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of techniques involved in the construction of language<br />

learning syllabi as a result of their own research into the area.<br />

Through an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of how established techniques of research are used to create <strong>and</strong> interpret knowledge in<br />

the discipline, students will apply such knowledge in the analysis of levels of appropriacy <strong>and</strong> validity of syllabus<br />

documents.<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

Students will be able to deal systematically with the complex issues related to validity, reliability <strong>and</strong> fitness for<br />

purpose of different approaches to syllabus design.<br />

Students will be able to demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in tackling <strong>and</strong> solving problems related to the<br />

discipline, <strong>and</strong> act autonomously in planning <strong>and</strong> implementing tasks at the required level relating to the analysis <strong>and</strong><br />

development of syllabus documents.<br />

Students will be suitably equipped to continue to advance their knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> to develop new<br />

skills related to the topic of syllabus design.<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to be able to exercise initiative <strong>and</strong> personal<br />

responsibility in the area of syllabus design in language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />

Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to manage decision-making in complex <strong>and</strong><br />

unpredictable situations in the area of syllabus design in language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />

Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to be able to continue independent learning required<br />

for continuing professional development in the area of syllabus design in language teaching <strong>and</strong> learning.<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

• White, R.V. (1988). The ELT Curriculum: Design, Innovation <strong>and</strong> Management. Oxford: Oxford University Press.<br />

• Yalden, J. (1987). Principles of Course Design for Language Teaching. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.<br />

• Brumfit, C.J. (ed.) (1984). General English Syllabus Design, ELY Documents No. 118. London: Pergamon Press & The British<br />

<strong>Council</strong>.<br />

• Nunan, D. (1988). Syllabus Design. Oxford: Oxford University Press.<br />

• <strong>Council</strong> of Europe (ed.) (2002). Common European Framework of reference for languages : learning, teaching, assessment . Case<br />

81


TPB2011-025<br />

studies.<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

11 teaching weeks per semester, 2h classes per week = total 22h<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

22h per week during the 11 weeks teaching time = total 242<br />

Plus 36h in Reading week = 36h<br />

total 278h<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

300<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

1. Essay analysing the effect of<br />

the CEFR or other frameworks on<br />

modern syllabus design<br />

2. Design <strong>and</strong> present a syllabus<br />

for a language course.<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Coursework 3000 60% Yes n/a<br />

Coursework N/A 40% No n/a<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

82


TPB2011-025<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Essay analysing the effect of the CEFR or other<br />

frameworks on modern syllabus design<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Coursework 4000<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

83


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Analysis <strong>and</strong> Teaching of Spoken Language<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc7<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code<br />

Q110 Applied Linguistics<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

N/A<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

Responsible School<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 15 6 30<br />

2013/14 20 6 30<br />

2014/15 25 6 30<br />

84


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

Option module for MA in Language Teaching<br />

Research in language pedagogy has demonstrated that speaking is a serious stumbling block for learners. While good receptive<br />

skills, listening in particular, seem to develop fairly quickly, it often takes a long time for a learner to produce a conversation in the<br />

target language accurately <strong>and</strong> appropriately. Equally, teaching spoken language poses a challenge for language teachers, as it is<br />

difficult to create or re-create authentic conversations in the language classroom. Often the spoken language they teach is far<br />

removed from what a learner would encounter in the context of the target country (lack of authentic input).<br />

The purpose of this module is to introduce students to strategies <strong>and</strong> techniques of teaching spoken language. The module will<br />

be divided into two parts. In the first part, students will be familiarised with the concept of Conversation <strong>and</strong> Discourse Analysis<br />

<strong>and</strong> will be examining a range of authentic conversations in order to underst<strong>and</strong> the complexity <strong>and</strong> a range of features<br />

distinctive for spoken language. Finally, students will be analysing spoken conversations produced by learners in order to identify<br />

linguistic problems occurring when producing speech in the target language. The second part will focus on strategies to<br />

teaching spoken language. By drawing on the recent research in second language processing <strong>and</strong> on successful teaching<br />

approaches, students will be assessing the different ways of how to make the task of speaking easier <strong>and</strong> approachable for<br />

students. Issues to be discussed will include: motivation, fear <strong>and</strong> speaking in the target language, task-based teaching, using<br />

spoken input to teach grammar <strong>and</strong> error corrections. Finally, students will be introduced to methods of assessment of spoken<br />

output produced by learners.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

Teaching staff (Dr Sylvia Jaworska)<br />

Language Laboratory (computer, recording facilities)<br />

Updated library resources (see bibliography below)<br />

VLE<br />

N/A<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Ruediger<br />

Goerner<br />

Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />

DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />

<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />

Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />

email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.12 10:46:16 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

85


TPB2011-025<br />

Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Analysis <strong>and</strong> Teaching of Spoken Language<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc7<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Dr Sylvia Jaworska<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

N/A N/A N/A<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

The purpose of this module is to introduce students to techniques <strong>and</strong> strategies of teaching spoken language. By drawing on<br />

Conversation <strong>and</strong> Discourse Analysis, students will be first familiarised with the complexity of spoken language <strong>and</strong> examine its<br />

typical features. Subsequently, students will be introduced to a range of approaches to teaching spoken language. The focus will<br />

be on aspects such: motivation <strong>and</strong> speaking, task-based teaching, using spoken input to teach grammar, error corrections <strong>and</strong><br />

assessment of spoken output.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

1) to introduce students to strategies <strong>and</strong> techniques used to teach spoken language,<br />

2) to enable students to apply the knowledge to develop their own teaching <strong>and</strong> learning materials,<br />

3) to enhance students critical <strong>and</strong> analytical skills by evaluating <strong>and</strong> comparing different methods of teaching <strong>and</strong> assessing<br />

spoken output,<br />

4) to familiarise students with the methods of Conversation <strong>and</strong> Discourse Analysis,<br />

5) to help students underst<strong>and</strong> the process of how learners acquire spoken skills in the target language <strong>and</strong> the problems they<br />

encounter,<br />

6) to foster students' research capacity <strong>and</strong> communication skills by completing small research tasks in teams.<br />

86


TPB2011-025<br />

3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

Knowledge of methods <strong>and</strong> approaches used to teach spoken language<br />

Underst<strong>and</strong>ing of analytical research tools (qualitative methods) used to examine spoken language<br />

Underst<strong>and</strong>ing of principles underlying spoken communication <strong>and</strong> problems that learners encounter when they<br />

acquire spoken skills<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

apply the knowledge gained to design of tasks to support authentic communication in the language classroom<br />

reflect <strong>and</strong> critically assess a range of methods <strong>and</strong> approaches used to teach spoken language<br />

use qualitative research methods competently <strong>and</strong> interpret information effectively<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

enhance autonomy <strong>and</strong> problem solving strategies<br />

develop better communication <strong>and</strong> analytical skills (completing smaller research tasks in teams)<br />

work individually <strong>and</strong> in collaboration with others<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

• Brown, G. & Yule, G. 1983. Teaching the Spoken Language. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />

• Brown, G. & Yule, G. 2003. Discourse Analysis. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />

• Bygate, M. 1987. Speaking. Oxford, Oxford University Press.<br />

• Cameron, D. 2006. Working with spoken discourse. London, Sage.<br />

• Carter, R. & M. McCarthy. 1997. Exploring Spoken English. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />

• Celce-Murcia, M. & Olshtain, E. 2000. Discourse <strong>and</strong> Context in Language Teaching: A Guide for Language Teachers. Cambridge,<br />

Cambridge University Press.<br />

• Field, J. 2008. Listening in the Language Classroom. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />

• McCarthy, M. 1991. Discourse Analysis for Language Teachers. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />

• Paltridge, B. 2006. Discourse analysis: an introduction. London, Continuum.<br />

87


TPB2011-025<br />

• Thornbury, S. & Slade, D. Conversation. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />

• Tsui, A.B.M. 1994. English Conversation. Oxford, Oxford University Press.<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

11 teaching weeks per semester, 2h classes per week = total 22h<br />

lectures with elements of seminar (group discussions, group work)<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

22h per week during the 11 weeks teaching time = total 242<br />

spent on readings, class preparation, individual research tasks,<br />

group work, individual work in the language lab<br />

Plus 36h in Reading week = 36h<br />

total 278h<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

300<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Portfolio Coursework 4000 words 100% Yes<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

88


TPB2011-025<br />

Coursework<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

89


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Corpus Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Language Pedagogy<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc8<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code<br />

Q110 Applied Linguistics<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

N/A<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

Responsible School<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 15 6 30<br />

2013/14 20 6 30<br />

2014/15 25 6 30<br />

90


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

Option module for the MA in Language Teaching<br />

Although Corpus Linguistics (CL) is a new field within the discipline of Linguistics - it developed in the late 1970s - it has had an<br />

immense impact on language studies since. Corpus-based studies have offered much more precise, systematic <strong>and</strong> reliable<br />

insights into language structures at any level including phonology, morphology, syntax <strong>and</strong> discourse, <strong>and</strong> in a variety of<br />

registers <strong>and</strong> settings. CL has also revolutionised the teaching <strong>and</strong> learning of English - most of English learning materials <strong>and</strong><br />

dictionaries published by prominent international publishers are now based on insights from corpora. It has also contributed to<br />

the development of new corpus-based teaching <strong>and</strong> learning approaches.<br />

The aim of the proposed module is to introduce students to this new <strong>and</strong> innovative field of linguistic enquiry. The module<br />

should consist of three parts: Theory, Practice <strong>and</strong> Pedagogical Application. The first part of the module will focus on the<br />

theoretical aspects underlying CL, particularly on the question of how CL differs from other methods of linguistic enquiry.<br />

Students will be familiarised with the key principles as well as theoretical constructs developed within CL such as idiom principle,<br />

semantic prosody, lexico-grammar <strong>and</strong> pattern grammar. In the second part, students will be introduced to some of the most<br />

widely used software <strong>and</strong> electronic corpora. This will enable them to get a h<strong>and</strong>s-on experience in creating, annotating,<br />

analysing <strong>and</strong> summarising corpus-data for teaching <strong>and</strong> learning purposes. The third part - Pedagogical Application - will<br />

introduce students to the ways of how CL can be applied to the design of teaching <strong>and</strong> learning materials. Students will be<br />

showed how to use corpus resources to teach basic <strong>and</strong> advanced vocabulary <strong>and</strong> will be exploring corpus resources for the<br />

purpose of teaching grammar. They will also be introduced to the application of CL in research on language acquisition. Through<br />

a range of exercises <strong>and</strong> small research tasks to be completed individually <strong>and</strong> in teams, students will be able to directly apply CL<br />

tools <strong>and</strong> principles to develop teaching <strong>and</strong> learning materials for various purposes (vocabulary, grammar, spoken language). In<br />

so doing, this module will offer an in-depth underst<strong>and</strong>ing of CL as applied to a range of pedagogical contexts <strong>and</strong> for individual<br />

research purposes.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

Teaching staff (Dr Sylvia Jaworska)<br />

Language Laboratory,<br />

Software: WordSmith Tools, Sketch Engine, British National Corpus<br />

Updated library resources (see bibliography below)<br />

VLE<br />

N/A<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Ruediger<br />

Goerner<br />

Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />

DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />

<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />

Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />

email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.12 10:48:10 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

91


TPB2011-025<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

92


TPB2011-025<br />

Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Corpus Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Language Pedagogy<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc8<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Dr Sylvia Jaworska<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

N/A N/A N/A<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

This module will introduce you to the field of Corpus Linguistics (CL) <strong>and</strong> its pedagogical applications. In the first part you will be<br />

introduced to the theoretical principles of CL such as idiom principle, semantic prosody <strong>and</strong> pattern grammar. You will also gain<br />

h<strong>and</strong>s-on experience in using software <strong>and</strong> electronic corpora, <strong>and</strong> in analyzing corpus-data. In the second part, the module will<br />

demonstrate the ways in which CL can be applied to the design of teaching <strong>and</strong> learning materials (vocabulary, grammar <strong>and</strong><br />

spoken language). You will also be introduced to the application of CL in research on language acquisition.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

1) to introduce students to a new method of linguistic inquiry,<br />

2) to enable students to apply the new method to develop teaching <strong>and</strong> learning materials for different purposes (teaching<br />

vocabulary, grammar, spoken language),<br />

3) to enhance students critical <strong>and</strong> analytical skills by evaluating <strong>and</strong> comparing CL with other methods of linguistic inquiry,<br />

4) to critically evaluate a range of electronic corpora,<br />

5) to define queries in a precise manner to extract data from a corpus for pedagogical purposes,<br />

6) to underst<strong>and</strong> the process of building corpora <strong>and</strong> analysing research data produced by corpora searches,<br />

7) to produce <strong>and</strong> discuss corpus-based research data in a concise <strong>and</strong> coherent manner, <strong>and</strong> in so doing to enhance their<br />

research <strong>and</strong> communication skills,<br />

8) to foster their research capacity by completing small research tasks in teams,<br />

9) to use computer technology competently <strong>and</strong> effectively as a tool in linguistic research.<br />

93


TPB2011-025<br />

3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

Corpus Linguistics, its principles, tools, strengths <strong>and</strong> weaknesses as a method of linguistic inquiry<br />

Applications of CL to teaching <strong>and</strong> learning foreign languages<br />

Computer technology as a tool in pedagogical research<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

apply a new methodological tool in a variety of pedagogical contexts<br />

reflect <strong>and</strong> critically assess a range of methodological tools <strong>and</strong> methods (statistical analysis)<br />

develop a better capacity to communicate research findings effectively<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

enhance autonomy <strong>and</strong> problem solving strategies<br />

use communication technologies competently <strong>and</strong> interpret information effectively<br />

work individually <strong>and</strong> in collaboration with others<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

• Altenberg B. & Granger S. (2001). The grammatical <strong>and</strong> lexical patterning of 'make' in native <strong>and</strong> non-native student writing. In:<br />

Applied Linguistics 22(2): 173–194.<br />

• Biber, D. (1988). Variation across speech <strong>and</strong> writing. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />

• Biber, D. Conrad, S. & Reppen, R. (1998). Corpus Linguistics: Investigating Language Structure <strong>and</strong> Use. Cambridge, Cambridge<br />

University Press.<br />

• Erman, B. & Warren, B. (2000). The idiom principle <strong>and</strong> the open choice principle . In: Text 20 (1): 29–62.<br />

• Granger S. (1998). Prefabricated patterns in advanced EFL writing: collocations <strong>and</strong> formulae. In: Cowie A. (ed.) Phraseology:<br />

theory, analysis <strong>and</strong> applications. Oxford, Oxford University Press: 145–160.<br />

• Hunston, S. (2002). Pattern grammar, language teaching, <strong>and</strong> linguistic variation: applications of a corpus-driven grammar. In: •<br />

Reppen, R., Biber, D. & Fitzmaurice, S. (eds.). Using Corpora to Explore Linguistic Variation. Benjamins, Amsterdam: 167–183.<br />

94


TPB2011-025<br />

• McEnery, T. & Wilson, A. (1996) Corpus Linguistics. Edinburgh, Edinburgh University Press.<br />

• O’Keeffe, A. & McCarthy, M. 2010. The Routledge H<strong>and</strong>book of Corpus Linguistics. New York, Routledge.<br />

• O’Keeffe, A., McCarthy, M. & Carter, R. 2007. From Corpus to Classroom. Cambridge, Cambridge University Press.<br />

• Sinclair, J. (1991): Corpus, Concordance, Collocation. Oxford University Press, Oxford.<br />

• Stubbs, M. (2001). Words <strong>and</strong> Phrases: Corpus Studies of Lexical Semantics. Oxford, Blackwell.<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

11 teaching weeks per semester, 2h classes per week = total 22h<br />

lectures with elements of seminar (group discussions, group work)<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

22h per week during the 11 weeks teaching time = total 242<br />

spent on readings, class preparation, individual research tasks,<br />

group work, individual work in the language lab<br />

Plus 36h in Reading week = 36h<br />

total 278h<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

300<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Portfolio Coursework 4000 words 100% Yes<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

95


TPB2011-025<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Coursework<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

96


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Teachers as Learners - Learners as Teachers<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc9<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Module Type MOD Scheme Taught Postgraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code<br />

X300 <strong>Academic</strong> studies in Education<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics & Film<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

N/A<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

Responsible School<br />

School of Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film PG<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 15 6 30<br />

2013/14 20 6 30<br />

2014/15 25 6 30<br />

97


TPB2011-025<br />

Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

Option module for the MA in Language Teaching.<br />

The rationale for this option module is to enable students to study the field of language learning strategies through analysis of<br />

their own language learning strategies during a taught course in a language that is not their own. This will provide them with the<br />

opportunity to engage in further research using their own experience alongside a more theoretical approach provided by<br />

literature <strong>and</strong> discussion in the field.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Language laboratories, laptop computer, course material, supplementary<br />

teaching material including audio-visual, books, journals <strong>and</strong> other references.<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

N/A<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Ruediger<br />

Goerner<br />

Digitally signed by Ruediger Goerner<br />

DN: cn=Ruediger Goerner, o=<strong>Queen</strong><br />

<strong>Mary</strong>, ou=School of Languages,<br />

Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film,<br />

email=r.goerner@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.12 10:53:50 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

98


TPB2011-025<br />

Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Teachers as Learners - Learners as Teachers<br />

Module Code LLU7tbc9<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 7 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semesters 1 & 2<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Rosa Maria Martin <strong>and</strong> Martyn Ellis<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

N/A N/A N/A<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

The module will be in the form of a course of a minimum of 22 taught language lessons, each of a minimum of two hours in a<br />

target language of which the student is not a native speaker. During the course students will analyse their own approach to<br />

language learning <strong>and</strong> identify their learning strategies through the medium of a diary <strong>and</strong> further informed by their own<br />

reading of key literature on the subject. Students will analyse their learning strategies in the context of their background reading<br />

<strong>and</strong> also assess ways in which teaching <strong>and</strong> learning styles can best complement each other.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

The module aims to develop students' awareness of language learning strategies through analysis of their own strategies during<br />

a taught language course in which they reflect on their learning by means of a diary. The aim is also to equip students with an<br />

appreciation of different learning strategies which may be adopted by learners through researching the relevant literature <strong>and</strong> in<br />

so doing, consider how teachers <strong>and</strong> course designers can adapt their teaching programmes to cater for a range of learning<br />

styles <strong>and</strong> strategies.<br />

99


TPB2011-025<br />

3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

Students will develop an ability to analyse their own approach to language learning strategies by using their own<br />

experience.<br />

Students will develop a comprehensive underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the variety of approaches, strategies <strong>and</strong> styles adopted by<br />

learners when studying a language through a review of relevant literature.<br />

Through an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of how established techniques of research are used to create <strong>and</strong> interpret knowledge in<br />

the discipline, students will apply such knowledge in the analysis of identified approaches to <strong>and</strong> strategies for<br />

language learning.<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

Students will be able to deal systematically with the complex issues related to different learning styles <strong>and</strong> strategies<br />

in the context of analysis of their own learning strategies.<br />

Students will be able to demonstrate self-direction <strong>and</strong> originality in identifying aspects of their own learning<br />

strategies alongside other described strategies. They will be able to act autonomously in planning <strong>and</strong> implementing<br />

research at the required level relating to the analysis of different learning strategies.<br />

Students will be suitably equipped to continue to advance their knowledge <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong>ing <strong>and</strong> to develop new<br />

skills related to the topic of language learning strategies.<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to be able to exercise initiative <strong>and</strong> personal<br />

responsibility in the area of identifying <strong>and</strong> assessing the appropriacy of their own language learning strategies <strong>and</strong><br />

those of others.<br />

Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to manage decision-making in terms of adapting<br />

language learning materials <strong>and</strong> approaches to accommodate a range of language learning strategies.<br />

Students will have the qualities <strong>and</strong> transferable skills necessary to be able to continue independent learning required<br />

for professional development in the field of describing language learning strategies <strong>and</strong> of adapting approaches to<br />

teaching which accommodate a range of such strategies.<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

• Oxford, R.L. (2011) Teaching <strong>and</strong> Researching: Language Learning Strategies. Longman<br />

• Wenden, A. & Rubin J. (1987), Learner Strategies in Language Learning. New Jersey: Prentice Hall.<br />

• O'Malley, J.M. & Chamot (1990). A.U. Learning Strategies in Second Language Acquisition. Cambridge: Cambridge University<br />

Press.<br />

• Oxford, R. (1990). Language Learning Strategies: What Every Teacher Should Know. New York: Newbury House.<br />

100


TPB2011-025<br />

• Griffiths, C. & Parr, J.M. (2001). "Language-learning strategies: theory <strong>and</strong> perception". ELT Journal 55/3, pp. 247-254.<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

11 teaching weeks per semester, 1h classes per week (in addition to<br />

practical language classes) = total 22h<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

11 language learning classes per week per semester,<br />

2h classes per week = 44h<br />

plus 9h per week during the 22 weeks teaching time = 198h<br />

Plus 2x 18h in Reading week = 36h<br />

Total = 278h<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

300<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

1. An essay on the theme of<br />

learning strategies including<br />

aspects of the student's own<br />

learning experience.<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Coursework 2500 words 40% Yes n/a<br />

2. An assessment of the student<br />

diary/portfolio<br />

3. Presentation on ways of<br />

exploiting materials which<br />

considers the needs of different<br />

learners<br />

Coursework N/A 40% No n/a<br />

Coursework N/A 20% No n/a<br />

101


TPB2011-025<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

An essay on the theme of learning strategies including<br />

aspects of the student's own learning experience.<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Coursework 4000<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

102


TPB2011-026<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />

Nature of proposal(s)<br />

Owning School /<br />

Institute<br />

Title of Proposal(s)<br />

being considered<br />

Part 2 Programme Proposal(s)<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

BSc (Intercalated) Global Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care <strong>and</strong><br />

10 associated module proposals:<br />

• Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />

• Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society<br />

• Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social determinants of health<br />

• Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong> policy<br />

• Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong> practice<br />

• Globalisation <strong>and</strong> health care reform<br />

• Migration <strong>and</strong> health<br />

• Globalisation <strong>and</strong> contemporary medical ethics<br />

• Research appraisal <strong>and</strong> synthesis<br />

• Dissertation<br />

Outcome requested<br />

Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider <strong>and</strong><br />

approve the proposal(s) identified above <strong>and</strong> detailed in the<br />

accompanying documentation.<br />

Potential issues<br />

identified <strong>and</strong><br />

comments on the<br />

proposal(s) from<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />

Due to the need to meet the timetable for recruitment to<br />

intercalated programmes for September 2012, the Part 1<br />

Programme Proposal was developed in parallel with this Part<br />

2 submission <strong>and</strong> has been approved by the Faculty Vice-<br />

Principal.<br />

The report from the external adviser <strong>and</strong> the programme<br />

team’s response are due to follow, along with one outst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />

module proposal for Migration <strong>and</strong> Health.<br />

Part 2 Programme Proposal <strong>and</strong> Programme Specification<br />

This intercalated BSc programme is being developed<br />

alongside three new MSc programmes in this field. It is<br />

proposed that some content <strong>and</strong> delivery will be shared with<br />

the MScs that are also due to start in September.<br />

Differentiation in the academic levels of the modules will be<br />

achieved through the intended learning outcomes <strong>and</strong><br />

assessment methods. TPB may wish to seek further<br />

information on how the different outcomes will be assured.<br />

The Board will need be mindful of this when the Part 2<br />

proposals for the MSc programmes are submitted for scrutiny<br />

103


TPB2011-026<br />

at the February meeting.<br />

Module Proposals:<br />

TPB may wish to consider whether some of the learning<br />

outcomes in the following modules could be enhanced to<br />

reflect level 6 achievements:<br />

• Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />

• Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong> practice<br />

• Globalisation <strong>and</strong> contemporary medical ethics<br />

104


Taught Programmes Board<br />

Part 2 Programme Proposal Form<br />

All sections must be completed in full <strong>and</strong> supplementary information attached where requested. Part 2<br />

proposals should be appended to the Programme Specification <strong>and</strong> submitted to the <strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong> who<br />

will arrange for the consideration of the proposal at Taught Programmes Board.<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Summary Information<br />

Proposed Programme Title Global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

Programme Code<br />

Programme Qualification<br />

Mode of study<br />

Programme<br />

Duration<br />

Bachelor of Science Intercalated Full Time 1 <strong>Academic</strong> Year<br />

Proposed Start Date September 2012<br />

Programme Organiser Prof Allyson Pollock<br />

Does this programme contain a foundation year or any pre-sessional activity?<br />

1) Programme Management<br />

Describe the arrangements for the operational management of the programme <strong>and</strong> the quality assurance<br />

mechanisms that will be put in place. Consideration should be given to student representatives <strong>and</strong> hearing<br />

student views.<br />

Complete either section a) for programmes delivered by one School/Institute or section b) for programmes<br />

delivered by more than one School/Institute.<br />

a) Single School/Institute Delivery<br />

This degree is being run alongside the three new MSc programmes in international health (MSc International Primary Health<br />

Care, MSc Global Public Health & Policy, MSc Health Systems & Global Policy). The intercalating BSc students will study alongside<br />

MSc students, attending the same lectures <strong>and</strong> seminars <strong>and</strong> receiving similar reading lists. The curriculum development group<br />

is fully aware of concerns about the problems that may be associated with shared undergraduate <strong>and</strong> postgraduate teaching<br />

<strong>and</strong> is actively addressing them. Intercalating students will receive different explanatory notes for the set texts <strong>and</strong> will be<br />

assessed differently (at SEEC level 6 rather than level 7) against different learning outcomes. In recognition of their needs, there<br />

will be teaching sessions specifically for them, including introductory sessions, <strong>and</strong> they will have their own academic adviser.<br />

The team running the programme has experience of running an intercalated BSc degree alongside MSc teaching, <strong>and</strong> has found<br />

it to be popular <strong>and</strong> successful for both undergraduate <strong>and</strong> postgraduate students. Student evaluations of previous courses at<br />

the University of Edinburgh highlighted the many <strong>and</strong> varied benefits to students at both levels from attending discussions with<br />

those outside their year group <strong>and</strong> from different professional backgrounds.<br />

In addition, the Centre for Primary Care <strong>and</strong> Public Health has extensive experience of intercalated teaching, having successfully<br />

run the BMedSci Health Sciences for nine years, <strong>and</strong> its staff include very experienced teachers <strong>and</strong> mentors of medical<br />

undergraduates, who will continue to provide teaching, academic guidance, <strong>and</strong> student pastoral support.<br />

N/A<br />

105


Taught Programmes Board<br />

The Centre for Primary Care <strong>and</strong> Public Health will establish a Programme Management Board, chaired by Prof Trish Greenhalgh,<br />

to oversee the governance of programme <strong>and</strong> module development <strong>and</strong> delivery for the BSc <strong>and</strong> MScs. The Centre has already<br />

established an Education Strategy Group for wider strategic issues concerning undergraduate, postgraduate, <strong>and</strong> professional<br />

development education, chaired by Prof Allyson Pollock.<br />

At an operational level, there are weekly meetings of a curriculum development group for those involved in teaching to discuss<br />

programme <strong>and</strong> module development, so that learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> objectives, teaching methods, curriculum content,<br />

research methods, h<strong>and</strong>outs, h<strong>and</strong>books, <strong>and</strong> other matters are taken forward. A draft set of quality assurance guidance has<br />

been produced, <strong>and</strong> a postgraduate administrator has been appointed with experience <strong>and</strong> knowledge of QMUL regulations<br />

<strong>and</strong> quality assurance processes.<br />

The curriculum development group is addressing the following issues on both MSc <strong>and</strong> BSc programmes (these will feed into<br />

programme <strong>and</strong> module development guidance to be formally signed off by the Programme Management Board):<br />

1 Underpinning educational principles / teaching <strong>and</strong> learning strategy<br />

2 Module development<br />

3 Programme practicalities<br />

4 Staff <strong>and</strong> resources<br />

5 Student recruitment<br />

6 Student communications <strong>and</strong> pastoral care<br />

Taking each of these issues, the following are some aspects that have been addressed at this early stage:<br />

1 Underpinning educational principles / teaching <strong>and</strong> learning strategy<br />

a A focus on supporting learning rather than delivering teaching<br />

b Knowing the learners, including their backgrounds, needs, priorities, learning styles <strong>and</strong> any practical or cultural barriers to<br />

effective learning<br />

c Encourage deep rather than superficial or strategic learning<br />

2 Module development. For each module in development, a structured checklist of questions is applied, comprising:<br />

a How do the modules incorporate <strong>and</strong> reflect the programme aims?<br />

b Are the learning outcomes aligned with the programme, QAA <strong>and</strong> SEEC descriptors, <strong>and</strong> QMUL’s own guidance?<br />

c Are course materials (eg, reading lists <strong>and</strong> supporting study notes) produced in a consistent house style?<br />

d Is there consistency in the format of contact hours (generally one 1-hour lecture <strong>and</strong> one 2-hour seminar per week) or is<br />

deviation from this justified on pedagogical grounds?<br />

e How is the module assessed <strong>and</strong> do(es) the assessment(s) address all the key learning objectives?<br />

f Are all the above questions also addressed satisfactorily for the e-learning component?<br />

3 Programme practicalities. A number of operational aspects of the developing courses are addressed as rolling agenda items by<br />

the curriculum development group, including:<br />

a Marking schemes <strong>and</strong> turnaround times on summative assessment<br />

b Development <strong>and</strong> use of formative assessments<br />

c A system of internal peer review <strong>and</strong> quality control to be applied to all modules in development<br />

d Moderation of marking<br />

e Involvement of external examiners<br />

f Monitoring student progress (eg, via termly progress meetings) <strong>and</strong> incorporating student feedback into course development<br />

g Timetabling, including alignment of BSc / MSc programmes<br />

4 Staff <strong>and</strong> resources<br />

a Staff teaching load <strong>and</strong> balance with research load<br />

b Input from Centre staff other than key team<br />

c Appropriate selection <strong>and</strong> use of “guest lecturers”<br />

d Role of academic tutors, in particular in dealing with problems <strong>and</strong> in advising on <strong>and</strong> enabling progression<br />

5 Student recruitment<br />

a Integration of this new course into the established intercalated BSc system<br />

b Allocation of places to, <strong>and</strong> recruitment <strong>and</strong> selection of, external students<br />

106


Taught Programmes Board<br />

6 Student support <strong>and</strong> communications<br />

a BSc students’ own separate feedback sessions – one in each semester (with overview at end of second semester)<br />

b Dealing with complaints <strong>and</strong> other problems<br />

b BSc student input into Student Staff Liaison Committee (eg, through elected representative)<br />

c Evaluation forms for each module<br />

d Regular meetings with academic tutors<br />

e Dedicated academic member of staff for BSc students<br />

7 Communication among staff<br />

a Core staff to meet at least fortnightly once programme has commenced<br />

b Documents relating to module <strong>and</strong> programme development, quality assurance, academic regulations, <strong>and</strong> other related<br />

matters are kept in a folder with shared access<br />

c All committee meetings to have agendas <strong>and</strong> minutes. The Education Strategy Group reports to the Centre Strategy Group.<br />

The chairs of this group, Centre leads Prof S<strong>and</strong>ra Eldridge <strong>and</strong> Prof Chris Griffiths report in turn to the director of the Blizard<br />

Institute.<br />

It is not planned that the programmes will require any digression from st<strong>and</strong>ard QMUL Assessment Regulations <strong>and</strong> associated<br />

Progression <strong>and</strong> Award Regulations.<br />

b) Joint School/Institute Delivery (Joint Working Statement)<br />

For programmes that are delivered jointly between more than one School/Institute or for programmes that<br />

utilise modules from other Schools/Institutes in an interdisciplinary capacity, a joint working statement should<br />

be provided. This should identify the respective responsibilities of each School/Institute with regards to<br />

programme management, quality assurance, <strong>and</strong> student support.<br />

N/A<br />

2) Plagiarism Detection<br />

Consideration should be given to the use of plagiarism detection software e.g. turnitin, for programmes with a<br />

significant proportion of written assessed work. Provide information about how this will be managed for the<br />

programme.<br />

All written assignments are to be submitted electronically by the student for entry into plagiarism detection software (expected<br />

to be turnitin). Staff will also be expected to be aware of plagiarism when marking. It should be noted that students will be<br />

invited to submit a non-assessed essay at the programme for substantial feedback on assignment writing. This will include<br />

showing them their turnitin score <strong>and</strong> how it was arrived at.<br />

3) <strong>Academic</strong> Staffing for the Programme (Non-<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Staff)<br />

List any academic staff that are not employed or managed by <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> that will be involved in the teaching<br />

or assessment of the programme.<br />

N/A<br />

4) Distance Learning Programmes (if applicable)<br />

If the programme is distance learning, please specify how student-related data will be provided to the Student<br />

Administration Office. The mechanisms for the enrolment <strong>and</strong> assessment of distance learning students<br />

should also be described in detail.<br />

N/A<br />

107


Taught Programmes Board<br />

5) Subject Examination Board Details<br />

Specify the name of the Subject Examination Board (SEB), which will oversee the assessment processes that<br />

operate for the programme(s) <strong>and</strong> modules clarify whether this is a new or existing SEB. For further<br />

information please contact Simon Hayter.<br />

School<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

SMD: Blizard Institute<br />

Primary Care PG<br />

6) External Adviser Comments<br />

Detailed comments from at least one external adviser - submissions must be supported by external specialist<br />

opinion, e.g. from a representative of a professional organisation, or a senior academic in another institution.<br />

The external adviser should be able to comment in sufficient detail on the appropriateness <strong>and</strong> viability of the<br />

proposed programme (s). For further guidance regarding the selection criteria, role <strong>and</strong> expectations of<br />

External Advisers please refer to the External Adviser Guidelines.<br />

To follow<br />

Name & Title of External Adviser<br />

Current Post & Institution / Organisation<br />

Prof Rosalind Raine<br />

Chair of Health Sciences Research, UCL<br />

Address for Correspondence (<strong>and</strong> email) r.raine@ucl.ac.uk<br />

Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> Public Health, 1-19 Torrington Place, London. WC1H 7HB<br />

7) Response to External Adviser Comments<br />

This should include a full response to the comments provided by the External Adviser. Each point / issue<br />

raised by the External Adviser that requires further consideration should be addressed in detail in this<br />

response.<br />

To follow<br />

108


Taught Programmes Board<br />

The following documents must accompany the Part 2 Programme Proposal.<br />

Proposals that are not accompanied by the necessary documentation will not be<br />

considered by Taught Programmes Board.<br />

> Has a Programme Specification been completed <strong>and</strong> submitted with the Part 2? Yes<br />

> Have module proposal forms for each new module been submitted with the Part 2? No<br />

> Is there evidence of support from at least one external adviser? No<br />

> Have the <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations (including progression, if not within the modular<br />

regulation structure) been clearly documented <strong>and</strong>/or appended?<br />

N/A<br />

Collaborative provision: programmes that are offered in partnership with an<br />

external organisation should usually have the following documents appended to<br />

the Part 2 Programme Proposal.<br />

> Has a draft Memor<strong>and</strong>um of Agreement been completed <strong>and</strong> submitted with the Part<br />

2?<br />

N/A<br />

> Has supplementary information on the management of the partnership been submitted<br />

with the Part 2?<br />

N/A<br />

> Have any special regulations been submitted with the Part 2 (where relevant)? N/A<br />

Approval of Part 2 Programme Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

109


Taught Programmes Board<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Mike Curtis<br />

Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />

DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />

ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />

Molecular Science,<br />

email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.16 13:02:45 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Chair of Taught Programmes<br />

Board<br />

110


UCL DEPARTMENT OF EPIDEMIOLOGY<br />

AND PUBLIC HEALTH<br />

UCL CENTRE OF APPLIED HEALTH RESEARCH<br />

TPB2011-026 a<br />

23 January 2012<br />

Dear James<br />

Thank you for inviting me to review the BSc Global Public Health & Primary Care.<br />

This cutting edge, thoroughly thought through Programme is clearly informed by relevant<br />

external reviews <strong>and</strong> guidelines <strong>and</strong> has been designed by a highly experienced team. The<br />

dem<strong>and</strong> for the BSc is demonstrated. Governance <strong>and</strong> quality assurance issues have been<br />

addressed. The curriculum is clearly <strong>and</strong> well designed <strong>and</strong> relevant. However, career<br />

education does not appear to be included (which is one of the criteria suggested in the<br />

external adviser guidelines) <strong>and</strong> I would not be surprised if such a stimulating BSc does not<br />

awaken some students to the possibility of careers in the field. I therefore wonder if some<br />

thought could be given to the establishment of relationships with appropriate international<br />

organisations. Furthermore, whilst work based learning occurs with respect to UK based<br />

primary care (elsewhere in the MBBS curriculum), could some thought be given to identifying<br />

<strong>and</strong> establishing links with global initiatives which may provide medical electives for students<br />

wishing to build upon their learning in this BSc?<br />

Programme structure is appropriate <strong>and</strong> the needs of disabled students have been thought<br />

through.<br />

The BSc includes an appropriate <strong>and</strong> diverse range of modules which will prepare students<br />

for public health <strong>and</strong> primary care challenges across a range of contexts <strong>and</strong> countries <strong>and</strong><br />

introduce them to relevant research methods.<br />

With respect to the epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics module: the content is appropriate <strong>and</strong> the<br />

link to policy debates is innovative. However I am not clear about the rationale for including<br />

qualitative research evidence appraisal here rather than in the ‘research appraisal <strong>and</strong><br />

synthesis’ module. It may be because this latter module is elective <strong>and</strong> the organisers wish<br />

every student to be introduced to qualitative research designs. If this is the case, I wonder if<br />

the qualitative component would more appropriately sit in the core module ‘health illness <strong>and</strong><br />

society’.<br />

With respect to the social determinants module: it is encouraging to see that a critical<br />

perspective will be taken. I hope that this will include the opportunity for students to explore<br />

both the Marmot/ Wilkinson arguments <strong>and</strong> the critiques to their approaches. To ensure this, I<br />

suggest that critiques of the Marmot/ Wilkinson approach are included in the reading list.<br />

Reference to the UCL Institute of Health Equity website may be helpful to allow students to<br />

see how the WHO Commission’s recommendations are being implemented locally <strong>and</strong><br />

internationally.<br />

With respect to the ethics module- if within the organiser’s field of expertise, it might be<br />

interesting to include discussion of ethical approaches to health care resource allocation.<br />

UCL Department of Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> Public Health<br />

University College London 1-19 Torrington Place London WC1E 6BT<br />

Tel: +44 (0)20 7679 1713 Fax: +44 (0)20 7813 0280<br />

r.raine@ucl.ac.uk<br />

www.ucl.ac.uk/Epidemiology


TPB2011-026 a<br />

Finally, with respect to the dissertation, would it be appropriate to encourage the tutors to<br />

support their tutees in following through the highest quality dissertations to peer reviewed<br />

publication?<br />

I hope you find these comments helpful.<br />

Yours sincerely<br />

Rosalind Raine<br />

Professor of Health Care Evaluation<br />

Director of UCL Centre of Applied Health Research


TPB2011-026 a<br />

Response to external adviser’s comments<br />

BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

We are very grateful to Prof Raine for her comments. To respond to them one by one:<br />

1 Careers education <strong>and</strong> the establishment of relationships with international organisations<br />

We would be delighted if the programmes did indeed stimulate students’ interest to work in<br />

this area, although we feel that many students will already be moving in this direction. As part<br />

of our development of the MSc programmes <strong>and</strong> as part of the strengthening of global health<br />

in the medical curriculum we are building up links with a number of organisations around the<br />

world. Just to give just one example, during the global health week during a videoconference<br />

the College of Health Sciences at Makerere University in Ug<strong>and</strong>a offered places to Barts<br />

students for electives.<br />

We are also in the process of building teaching links with leading educationalists in global<br />

health from, for instance, the University of Ghent, Antwerp University, <strong>and</strong> the Swiss Tropical<br />

Institute. Prof Pollock is unable to attend the Taught Programmes Board as she is in India<br />

where she will, among other things, explore teaching collaborations.<br />

2 Qualitative research methods in the Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> Statistics module<br />

This is a typographical error <strong>and</strong> will be amended accordingly. The module deals with<br />

quantitative research methods, while qualitative methods are covered in other modules but<br />

especially in Health, Illness <strong>and</strong> Society, led by Prof Clive Seale.<br />

3 Critical perspective in addressing the social determinants of health<br />

We are committed to encouraging students to explore new ideas as well as underst<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong><br />

challenge orthodoxies. Social determinants are an important issue in our programme <strong>and</strong> we<br />

would expect students to build up a deep underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the science <strong>and</strong> the debates. We<br />

welcome Prof Raine’s suggestion for reading material.<br />

4 Ethics <strong>and</strong> health care resource allocation<br />

We are grateful for this suggestion. The module organiser had intended to cover it under the<br />

heading “the discourse on distributive justice”, but it can of course be addressed more<br />

explicitly, <strong>and</strong> we will consider this over the coming months during the curriculum<br />

development process.<br />

5 Dissertations leading to peer‐reviewed publication<br />

We have every intention of encouraging <strong>and</strong> supporting our dissertation students to peerreviewed<br />

publication. We both have experience of this, <strong>and</strong> of the continuing research<br />

collaboration <strong>and</strong> development of research teams that ensues.<br />

Prof Trish Greenhalgh<br />

Prof Allyson Pollock<br />

23 January 2012


Programme Title: Intercalated BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

Programme Specification<br />

Awarding Body/Institution<br />

Teaching Institution<br />

<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, University of London<br />

<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, University of London<br />

Name of Final Award <strong>and</strong> Programme Title Bachelor of Science Intercalated, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

Name of Interim Award(s)<br />

Duration of Study / Period of Registration<br />

N/A<br />

One year<br />

QM Programme Code / UCAS Code(s)<br />

QAA Benchmark Group<br />

Medicine<br />

FHEQ Level of Award Level 6<br />

Programme Accredited by<br />

Date Programme Specification Approved<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong> Molecular Science<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the programme<br />

Institution(s) other than <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> that will provide some teaching for the programme<br />

N/A<br />

Programme Outline<br />

High quality primary health care <strong>and</strong> public health systems are the cornerstone of an efficient, effective, <strong>and</strong> equitable health<br />

system. Research leaders, educators, <strong>and</strong> policy-makers are integral to this process. What is needed is not just doctors who are<br />

good clinicians <strong>and</strong> scientists but doctors who can work effectively in multi-disciplinary teams <strong>and</strong> across sectors to develop<br />

<strong>and</strong> deliver appropriate community based services in a global context. This new intercalated BSc programme will provide<br />

students with an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the significance of the current global challenges for health care <strong>and</strong> public health <strong>and</strong> will<br />

offer a multidisciplinary focus on global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care against a background of increasing health inequalities.<br />

Aims of the Programme<br />

The programme aims<br />

- to prepare students for the challenges facing public health <strong>and</strong> primary care across a range of contexts <strong>and</strong> in different<br />

countries.<br />

111


Programme Title: Intercalated BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

- to enhance students' underst<strong>and</strong>ing of planning, developing, <strong>and</strong> delivering services<br />

- to develop students' ability to advocate for patients <strong>and</strong> groups <strong>and</strong> address their needs through research <strong>and</strong> clinical practice<br />

- to introduce students to the principles <strong>and</strong> methods of interdisciplinary research<br />

What Will You Be Expected to Achieve?<br />

Intercalating students who successfully complete the programme will return to medicine with a global perspective <strong>and</strong><br />

equipped to work effectively in multi-disciplinary teams on behalf of their patients <strong>and</strong> local populations.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

A 4<br />

A 5<br />

Theories <strong>and</strong> principles of health systems<br />

Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />

Theories <strong>and</strong> methods of sociological <strong>and</strong> anthropological research<br />

Theories <strong>and</strong> methods underpinning the social determinants of health<br />

Theory <strong>and</strong> practice of primary health care<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

B 4<br />

Critically appraise qualitative <strong>and</strong> quantitative evidence underpinning policies <strong>and</strong> interventions in public health <strong>and</strong><br />

primary care<br />

Apply the principles of research <strong>and</strong> scholarship to the practice of medicine at individual <strong>and</strong> population level<br />

Select, apply <strong>and</strong> synthesise theories <strong>and</strong> empirical findings from different disciplines to issues in public health <strong>and</strong><br />

primary care<br />

Plan, organise, undertake <strong>and</strong> present a piece of academic desk research<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

C 4<br />

A global perspective on public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

Acceptance of the responsibilities <strong>and</strong> opportunities this provides for medical professionals<br />

Capacity to argue <strong>and</strong> debate effectively <strong>and</strong> constructively<br />

Commitment to professional development <strong>and</strong> lifelong learning<br />

112


Programme Title: Intercalated BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

How Will You Learn?<br />

Each topic will be taught using a range of methods, varying according to the subject <strong>and</strong> learning objectives of the module. All<br />

modules will include lectures, small group tutorials <strong>and</strong> independent study. Most modules will follow a format of structured<br />

preparatory work (reading <strong>and</strong> reflection exercises), a weekly interactive lecture, a two-hour small group seminar <strong>and</strong> topic<br />

discussions by email. Visiting speakers will describe research, clinical or service development work in different countries <strong>and</strong><br />

settings. Some modules will focus on key 'grey literature' reports such as those produced by the World Health Organisation. Data<br />

analysis sessions will include introduction to real datasets such as those from local or national public health observatories.<br />

How Will You Be Assessed?<br />

Different modules will be assessed differently, depending on the learning objectives. Assessment methods will include a<br />

traditional examination (with essays or short answer questions), tutor-marked assignments (typically, a 2000-word structured<br />

essay), presentations, <strong>and</strong> a 5000-word dissertation.<br />

How is the Programme Structured?<br />

Students will take six 15 credit modules <strong>and</strong> a 30 credit dissertation. Some lectures <strong>and</strong> seminars will take place jointly with<br />

postgraduate (MSc) international health students, but BSc students will be given separate assessments (at level 6) <strong>and</strong> have a<br />

separate module tutor.<br />

Students will take five core modules <strong>and</strong> choose a sixth from a menu of four elective modules. In the first semester, students will<br />

focus on developing the key concepts <strong>and</strong> research methods <strong>and</strong> analysis for underst<strong>and</strong>ing the health of populations, the<br />

sociology <strong>and</strong> anthropology of health <strong>and</strong> illness, social determinants of health, health systems, <strong>and</strong> global health policy. In the<br />

second semester, students will take a further core module, an elective module, <strong>and</strong> undertake a dissertation project. Relevant<br />

research methods will be integrated into the teaching for each module so that methods are learned alongside the key topics.<br />

The following modules will be covered in the first semester<br />

• Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />

• Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society<br />

• Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social determinants of health<br />

• Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong> policy<br />

The following modules will be covered in the second semester:<br />

• Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong> practice (core)<br />

plus one from<br />

• Globalisation <strong>and</strong> health care reform<br />

• Migration <strong>and</strong> health<br />

• Globalisation <strong>and</strong> contemporary medical ethics<br />

• Research appraisal <strong>and</strong> synthesis<br />

The second semester will also include a desk research project leading to a 5000-word dissertation worth 30 credits.<br />

113


Programme Title: Intercalated BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Year of Study<br />

Module Title<br />

Module<br />

Code<br />

Credits<br />

Level<br />

Module<br />

Selection<br />

Status<br />

<strong>Academic</strong><br />

Year of<br />

Study<br />

Semester<br />

Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics 15 6 Core 1 Semester 1<br />

Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society 15 6 Core 1 Semester 1<br />

Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social<br />

determinants of health<br />

15 6 Core 1 Semester 1<br />

Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong> policy 15 6 Core 1 Semester 1<br />

Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong> practice 15 6 Core 1 Semester 2<br />

Globalisation <strong>and</strong> health care reform 15 6 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />

Migration <strong>and</strong> health 15 6 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />

Globalisation <strong>and</strong> contemporary<br />

medical ethics<br />

15 6 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />

Research appraisal <strong>and</strong> synthesis 15 6 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />

Dissertation 30 6 Core 1 Semesters 1-3<br />

What Are the Entry Requirements?<br />

The programme will be open to post 2nd/3rd/4th year medical <strong>and</strong> to dental students who have passed all years to date on the<br />

MBBS.<br />

Students will submit an application <strong>and</strong> be interviewed, <strong>and</strong> will be selected on the basis on academic ranking <strong>and</strong> interview, in<br />

line with the procedure for all SMD intercalated degrees.<br />

The programmes will be open to similarly qualified external students from other medical schools.<br />

How Do We Listen <strong>and</strong> Act on Your Feedback?<br />

The Blizard Institute staff-student liaison committee provides a formal means of communication <strong>and</strong> discussion between the staff<br />

<strong>and</strong> its students. It is envisaged that in addition there will be staff-student liaison committee to discuss the international health<br />

MSc <strong>and</strong> BSc programmes, with student representatives chosen by the students themselves, including both MSc <strong>and</strong> BSc<br />

students, <strong>and</strong> a range of staff. Separately, BSc students will have their own feedback sessions, one in each semester (with<br />

overview at end of second semester).<br />

114


Programme Title: Intercalated BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

The Centre is currently establishing a programme management board, <strong>and</strong> this will include a student representative.<br />

For each module, there will be student evaluation forms which will be analysed <strong>and</strong> discussed by staff, <strong>and</strong> which will feed into<br />

module <strong>and</strong> programme development.<br />

Alongside these formal processes, students will have regular meetings with their academic advisor (there will be a dedicated<br />

advisor for the BSc students). Students will be encouraged to raise any concerns at these meetings.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Support<br />

The team running the programme has experience of running an intercalated BSc degree alongside MSc teaching, <strong>and</strong> the Centre<br />

for Primary Care <strong>and</strong> Public Health has extensive experience of intercalated teaching. Experienced teachers <strong>and</strong> mentors of<br />

medical undergraduates will provide teaching, academic guidance, <strong>and</strong> student pastoral support. BSc students will have their<br />

own academic advisor, <strong>and</strong> will have special teaching sessions specifically for them. These include introductory sessions such as<br />

revision-type sessions covering relevant parts of the medical curriculum already undertaken <strong>and</strong> dissertation guidance.<br />

Programme-specific Rules <strong>and</strong> Facts<br />

N/A<br />

Specific Support for Disabled Students<br />

Where necessary guidance will be followed <strong>and</strong> advice sought from the QM Disability <strong>and</strong> Dyslexia Service<br />

<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> has a central Disability <strong>and</strong> Dyslexia Service (DDS) that offers support for all students with disabilities, specific<br />

learning difficulties <strong>and</strong> mental health issues. The DDS supports all <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> students: full-time, part-time, undergraduate,<br />

postgraduate, UK <strong>and</strong> international at all campuses <strong>and</strong> all sites.<br />

Students can access advice, guidance <strong>and</strong> support in the following areas:<br />

• Finding out if you have a specific learning difficulty like dyslexia<br />

• Applying for funding through the Disabled Students' Allowance (DSA)<br />

• Arranging DSA assessments of need<br />

• Special arrangements in examinations<br />

• Accessing loaned equipment (e.g. digital recorders)<br />

• Specialist one-to-one "study skills" tuition<br />

• Ensuring access to course materials in alternative formats (e.g. Braille)<br />

• Providing educational support workers (e.g. note-takers, readers, library assistants)<br />

• Mentoring support for students with mental health issues <strong>and</strong> conditions on the autistic spectrum.<br />

Links With Employers, Placement Opportunities <strong>and</strong> Transferable Skills<br />

N/A<br />

115


Programme Title: Intercalated BSc, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

Programme Specification Approval<br />

Person completing Programme Specification<br />

Prof Allyson Pollock<br />

Person responsible for management of programme Prof Allyson Pollock<br />

Date Programme Specification produced/amended<br />

by School Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching Committee<br />

Date Programme Specification approved by<br />

Taught Programmes Board<br />

116


Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code -<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

SMD: Blizard Institute<br />

Responsible School<br />

Primary Care PG<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />

2013/14 10-15 3 15<br />

2014/15 10-15 3 15<br />

117


Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

This is a core module for the BSc global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care.<br />

This module introduces students to key epidemiological <strong>and</strong> statistical concepts <strong>and</strong> methods used in public health <strong>and</strong> primary<br />

care research <strong>and</strong> policy making. Students will be expected to underst<strong>and</strong>, define, <strong>and</strong> use incidence, prevalence, <strong>and</strong> mortality<br />

rates; underst<strong>and</strong> the principles of st<strong>and</strong>ardisation <strong>and</strong> survival analysis; underst<strong>and</strong> how to differentiate between association<br />

<strong>and</strong> causation in hypothesis generation <strong>and</strong> testing; <strong>and</strong> underst<strong>and</strong> the principles of screening criteria. The module will also<br />

equip students to critically appraise qualitative research evidence underpinning policy interventions designed to prevent,<br />

diagnose, <strong>and</strong> treat disease <strong>and</strong> ameliorate inequalities in health through an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of research study designs <strong>and</strong><br />

statistical techniques, including tests of significance <strong>and</strong> confidence intervals.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Nil<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

Nil<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Mike Curtis<br />

Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />

DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />

ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />

Molecular Science,<br />

email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.16 12:56:50 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

118


Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Prof S<strong>and</strong>ra Eldridge & Prof Allyson Pollock<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society;<br />

Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social<br />

determinants of health;<br />

Health systems, economics <strong>and</strong><br />

policy;<br />

Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong><br />

practice<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

The module will include case studies to explore contemporary policy debates <strong>and</strong> the influence of quantitative research studies<br />

on public health <strong>and</strong> primary care policy <strong>and</strong> government intervention programmes. The advantages <strong>and</strong> disadvantages of<br />

different study designs <strong>and</strong> their application to different research questions will be covered. Students will gain skills in<br />

summarising quantitative data, including routine morbidity <strong>and</strong> mortality measures <strong>and</strong> interpreting the results of commonly<br />

used statistical techniques.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

The module is intended to equip students for primary care <strong>and</strong> public health research, policy <strong>and</strong> practice <strong>and</strong> to enable them to<br />

engage in clinical policy debates around interventions designed to reduce social inequalities. They will be able to critically<br />

appraise the quality of clinical trials, <strong>and</strong> other research, <strong>and</strong> will have the building blocks on which to build evidence based<br />

practice.<br />

119


3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

Identify <strong>and</strong> describe appropriate data sources <strong>and</strong> apply a range of methods commonly used for summarising<br />

different types of quantitative data.<br />

Articulate the advantages <strong>and</strong> disadvantages of different study designs commonly encountered in public health <strong>and</strong><br />

primary research.<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

Critically appraise research papers <strong>and</strong> interpret results in the light of this appraisal.<br />

Describe <strong>and</strong> interpret data from a set of tables <strong>and</strong> write a report.<br />

Describe the strengths <strong>and</strong> weaknesses of statistics <strong>and</strong> epidemiological data <strong>and</strong> data sources reported in the media<br />

<strong>and</strong> used by parliament.<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

Use quantitative data confidently <strong>and</strong> competently.<br />

Use information from research <strong>and</strong> policy studies for evidence based decision making in clinical medicine.<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

- Bl<strong>and</strong>, M. An introduction to medical statistics. (2000) 3rd edition OUP.<br />

- Altman D. Practical statistics for medical researchers. (1991). Chapman <strong>and</strong> Hall.<br />

- Greenhalgh, T. How to read a paper. The basics of evidence based medicine. (2010) 4th edition Wiley Blackwell.<br />

- Glasziou P, Del Mar C, Salisbury J. Evidence-based practice workbook. (2007) 2nd edition Blackwell.<br />

- Setel et al. Sc<strong>and</strong>al of invisibility: making everyone count by being counted. The Lancet 2007;370(9598):1569-1577.<br />

- Barker D, Cooper C, Rose G. Epidemiology in medical practice. (1998) Churchill Livingstone; 5th edition.<br />

- McPherson K. Breast Cancer screening: balancing the debate BMJ 2010; 340 doi: 10.1136/bmj.c3106.<br />

120


Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

10 x 1-hour lectures<br />

10 x 2-hour group seminars face to face<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />

reading, 60 hours specific preparation / homework for seminars, 40<br />

hours assignment<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

150 notional study hours<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Open book examination Examination 1 hour 50 Yes N/A<br />

Tutor marked report on a topic Coursework 2000 words 50 Yes N/A<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

121


Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

122


Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code -<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

SMD: Blizard Institute<br />

Responsible School<br />

Primary Care PG<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />

2013/14 10-15 3 15<br />

2014/15 10-15 3 15<br />

123


Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

This is a core module for the BSc Global Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care.<br />

This module involves students in sociological analyses of health <strong>and</strong> illness experiences, <strong>and</strong> experiences of health care. In<br />

addition, as on other core modules in this programme (apart from Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> Statistics, which is entirely methodological),<br />

25% of this module content <strong>and</strong> assessment is devoted to underst<strong>and</strong>ing methods <strong>and</strong> methodology pertinent to the areas of<br />

study discussed in the rest of the module. In this case, this will largely involve qualitative methods.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Nil<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

Nil<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Mike Curtis<br />

Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />

DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />

ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />

Molecular Science,<br />

email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.16 12:57:32 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

124


Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Professor Clive Seale<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics;<br />

Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social<br />

determinants of health;<br />

Health systems, economics <strong>and</strong><br />

policy;<br />

Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong><br />

practice<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

This module involves sociological analyses of health <strong>and</strong> illness experiences, of experiences of health care, <strong>and</strong> an introduction to<br />

research methods relevant for carrying out such work. Topics within these broad headings will vary from one year to the next, but<br />

indicative content includes the sociology of the body, chronic illness <strong>and</strong> disability, provider-patient relations, medicalisation <strong>and</strong><br />

the medical model, health social movements, mass media <strong>and</strong> health, <strong>and</strong> the sociology of bioethics<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

The module will provide students with the methodological <strong>and</strong> analytical skills needed to formulate a sociological underst<strong>and</strong>ing<br />

of health, illness <strong>and</strong> health care in contemporary societies. Students will grasp how social theories can be brought to bear on<br />

this field to develop this underst<strong>and</strong>ing, <strong>and</strong> they will be brought to a point where the potential of sociological work in helping<br />

to solve health <strong>and</strong> illness problems can be evaluated.<br />

125


3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

Students will be able to define <strong>and</strong> analyse a sociological problem related to health, illness or health care<br />

Students will be able to underst<strong>and</strong> the contribution of social factors <strong>and</strong> social context to the experience of health,<br />

illness, <strong>and</strong> health care<br />

Students will be able to analyse the relationship between medicine, health <strong>and</strong> society<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

Apply sociological methods to the analysis of health, illness or health care in contemporary societies<br />

Apply social theories to the analysis of health, illness or health care in contemporary societies<br />

Write up <strong>and</strong> otherwise present the results of sociological analyses in a way that recognises their provisional character,<br />

respecting the distinction between 'underst<strong>and</strong>ing' <strong>and</strong> 'findings'.<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

Students will possess the language skills necessary for the presentation of arguments.<br />

Students will recognise that the boundaries of knowledge on particular topics are not fixed.<br />

Students will be appropriately sceptical about the role played by their own personal experiences of society in<br />

contributing to sociological knowledge of health, illness <strong>and</strong> health care.<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

Bird, C.E. Conrad, P. Fremont, A.M. & Timmermans, S. (2010) H<strong>and</strong>book of Medical Sociology. Sixth Edition, New York: V<strong>and</strong>erbilt<br />

University Press.<br />

Bury, M & Gabe, J. (2003) The Sociology of Health & Illness: A Reader. London: Routledge.<br />

Calnan, M. Gabe, J. & Williams, S.J. (2000) Health, Medicine <strong>and</strong> Society: Key Theories, Future Agendas. London: Routledge.<br />

Cockerham, W.C. (2009) The New Blackwell Companion to Medical Sociology. Oxford: Wiley-Blackwell.<br />

126


Gabe, J. Alston, M.J. & Bury, M. (2004) Key Concepts in Medical Sociology. London: Sage.<br />

Nettleton, S. & Gustafsson, U. (2002) The Sociology of Health & Illness Reader. Cambridge: Polity.<br />

Nettleton, S. (2006) The Sociology of Health & Illness. Second Edition, Cambridge: Polity.<br />

Pescosolido, N. Martin, J.K. McLeod, J.D. & Rogers, A. (2011) H<strong>and</strong>book of the Sociology of Health, Illness, <strong>and</strong> Healing: A Blueprint<br />

for the 21st Century. Amsterdam: Springer.<br />

Key journals:<br />

Sociology of Health & Illness<br />

Social Science & Medicine<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

10 x 1-hour lectures<br />

10 x 2-hour group seminars face to face<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />

reading, 20 hours specific preparation / homework for seminars, 20<br />

hours topic-based study, 60 hours assignment<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

150 notional study hours<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Essay-style tutor marked<br />

assignment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Coursework 2500 words 75 Yes N/A<br />

127


Essay-style tutor marked<br />

assignment<br />

Coursework 1500 words 25 Yes N/A<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Coursework<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

128


Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> the social determinants of health<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code -<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

SMD: Blizard Institute<br />

Responsible School<br />

Primary Care PG<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />

2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />

2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />

129


Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

This is one of the five core modules on the intercalated BSc global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care.<br />

All governments accept some responsibility for the allocation <strong>and</strong> distribution of resources throughout society <strong>and</strong> for the<br />

amelioration of inequalities in health within <strong>and</strong> across countries. This module is concerned with the theories behind the social<br />

determinants of health <strong>and</strong> the mechanisms available to supra-regional bodies <strong>and</strong> national governments <strong>and</strong> policy makers in<br />

the allocation of resources. It provides an essential grounding in the social determinants of health <strong>and</strong> their relationship with<br />

income <strong>and</strong> resource distribution at supranational <strong>and</strong> national level, the theories <strong>and</strong> methods that underpin policy making<br />

interventions, <strong>and</strong> the competing policy solutions. It will be grounded in the WHO Commission on Social Determinants of Health<br />

2008.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Nil<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

Nil<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Mike Curtis<br />

Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />

DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />

ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />

Molecular Science,<br />

email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.16 12:58:06 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

130


Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> the social determinants of health<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Prof Allyson Pollock<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics;<br />

Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society;<br />

Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong><br />

policy;<br />

Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong><br />

practice<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

This module will examine the theories <strong>and</strong> evidence underpinning social inequalities in health (defined as the unfair <strong>and</strong><br />

avoidable differences in health status). It will consider structural/material <strong>and</strong> psychosocial theories, <strong>and</strong> hypotheses about social<br />

drift, self-selection, <strong>and</strong> genetics. Attention is given to the WHO Commission on Social Determinants of Health. Sources of data<br />

<strong>and</strong> measurement of scale of inequalities between <strong>and</strong> within groups are addressed. The module will consider the distribution of<br />

wealth, income , resources, <strong>and</strong> power at global, national, <strong>and</strong> local levels. Redistributive mechanisms work through either<br />

government or market control, <strong>and</strong> the economic implications for inequalities will be compared <strong>and</strong> analysed. Policy<br />

interventions <strong>and</strong> their different approaches will be explored including universal <strong>and</strong> targeted or selective approaches to<br />

reducing inequalities by reducing the inequitable distribution of power, money, <strong>and</strong> resources.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

The module is intended to equip the student to be able to describe <strong>and</strong> critically examine the causes <strong>and</strong> the measurement of<br />

inequalities in health, <strong>and</strong> the nature <strong>and</strong> range of policy solutions available to remedy them <strong>and</strong> mechanisms for priority setting.<br />

This module is intended to complement modules on epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics, the sociology of health <strong>and</strong> illness, <strong>and</strong> health<br />

systems, economics, <strong>and</strong> policy, which provide complementary skills in the measurement of inequalities, economic theories, <strong>and</strong><br />

issues of power in the policy making process.<br />

131


3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

A 4<br />

Critical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of theories of social determinants of health.<br />

Knowledge of approaches to <strong>and</strong> methods of measurement of health inequalities.<br />

Critical underst<strong>and</strong>ing of alternative economic approaches (state or market) to policy interventions.<br />

Ability to describe key policy actors <strong>and</strong> agencies involved in policy making.<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

Critically analyse papers relating to inequalities <strong>and</strong> social determinants of health.<br />

Describe the consequences of universal versus selective policy interventions with reference to a case study.<br />

Review findings with respect to policy interventions <strong>and</strong> determinants of health.<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

A global perspective with respect to underst<strong>and</strong>ing inequalities in outcomes <strong>and</strong> social determinants of health.<br />

Research <strong>and</strong> policy analysis capacity with respect to inequalities.<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

- WHO Commission on Social Determinants of Health (CSDH) in 2008<br />

- Whitehead M (Author), Townsend P (Ed), Davidson N (Ed). Inequalities in Health: The Black Report <strong>and</strong> the Health Divide.<br />

Pelican Books. London 1988<br />

- Wilkinson R, Pickett K. The spirit level: why equality is better for everyone. Penguin, London, 2010.<br />

132


Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

10 x 1-hour lectures<br />

10 x 2-hour group seminars face to face<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />

reading, 20 hours specific preparation / homework for seminars, 20<br />

hours topic-based study, 60 hours assignment<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

150 notional study hours<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Short Answer Questions Examination 1 hour 50 Yes N/A<br />

Written Assessment Coursework 2000 words 50 Yes N/A<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

133


Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

134


Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong> policy<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code -<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

SMD: Blizard Institute<br />

Responsible School<br />

Primary Care PG<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />

2013/14 10-15 3 15<br />

2014/15 10-15 3 15<br />

135


Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

This is a core module for the BSc global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care.<br />

All governments accept some responsibility for the allocation of health care throughout society <strong>and</strong> none leaves allocation<br />

entirely to the market. This module is concerned with the theories behind <strong>and</strong> mechanisms of government <strong>and</strong> market control in<br />

the health care system, <strong>and</strong> with the resource distributions that result. By contrasting integrated public with market-based health<br />

systems, the module provides an essential grounding in the description <strong>and</strong> analysis of major trends in health care policy both<br />

within the United Kingdom <strong>and</strong> internationally <strong>and</strong> also with the World Health Organization commitment to 'health for all'.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Nil<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

Nil<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Mike Curtis<br />

Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />

DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />

ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />

Molecular Science,<br />

email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.16 12:58:32 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

136


Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong> policy<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 1<br />

Module Organiser<br />

David Price<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics;<br />

Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society;<br />

Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social<br />

determinants of health;<br />

Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong><br />

practice<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

In this module we address the fundamental public health question of how best to organise health care in order to achieve<br />

universal coverage. We will be particularly concerned with the ways in which health care systems differ from the perspective of<br />

access to services among social groups within the population, <strong>and</strong> also with the distributive effects of different organising<br />

principles such as market <strong>and</strong> public control.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

To enable students to analyse <strong>and</strong> evaluate health care systems in both developed <strong>and</strong> developing countries from the<br />

perspective of access to diagnostic <strong>and</strong> curative services.<br />

137


3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

Mechanisms for sharing the costs of ill health employed in different health systems.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard methods for describing <strong>and</strong> comparing models of financial risk allocation, resource allocation, <strong>and</strong> needsbased<br />

planning.<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

Analyse health care systems from the perspective of equity of access.<br />

Critically appraise evidence supporting health care policy.<br />

Synthesise findings with respect to equity of access <strong>and</strong> universal health care.<br />

B 4<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

Research <strong>and</strong> policy analysis capacity with respect to public health<br />

A global perspective with respect to access to health care<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

Morris, S., Devlin, N., <strong>and</strong> Parkin, D. (2007) Economic analysis in health care. Chichester:Wiley.<br />

Donaldson, C. <strong>and</strong> Gerard, K. (2005) Economics of health care financing. 2nd ed. Basingstoke: Palgrave Macmillan.<br />

Pollock, A. (2005) NHS plc. London: Verso.<br />

World Health Organization. (2005) Achieving universal health coverage. Technical note No 1. http://www.who.int/<br />

health_financing/pb_1.pdf.<br />

138


Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

10 x 1-hour lectures<br />

10 x 2-hour group seminars<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />

reading, 20 hours seminar preparation, 20 hours topic-based study,<br />

60 hours assignment<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

150 notional study hours<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Essay-style tutor marked<br />

assignment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Coursework 2000 words 100 Yes N/A<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Coursework<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

139


Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

140


Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Primary health care - theory <strong>and</strong> practice<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />

Start Date January 2013<br />

Proposed JACS Code -<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

Not applicable<br />

SMD: Blizard Institute<br />

Responsible School<br />

Primary Care PG<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 10-15 3 15<br />

2013/14 10-15 3 15<br />

2014/15 10-15 3 15<br />

141


Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

This module is core for the intercalated BSc in Global Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care.<br />

High quality primary health care is the cornerstone of an efficient, effective, <strong>and</strong> equitable health system. Many countries are<br />

seeking to shift from a hospital-led health care system to one characterised by a strong primary care sector. The primary health<br />

care model provides the internationally established norm for attaining the World Health Organization’s commitment to ‘health<br />

for all’. This vision for developing primary care is widely held but depends critically on capacity building to produce research<br />

leaders, educators, <strong>and</strong> policy-makers.<br />

Whilst all undergraduate medical students spend time in general practice <strong>and</strong> are required to be familiar with the UK system, the<br />

theory <strong>and</strong> practice of primary health care from a global perspective is not currently taught in depth in the main undergraduate<br />

curriculum. Students seeking to gain underst<strong>and</strong>ing of global health need to shift their view of primary care from 'what happens<br />

in UK general practice' to a more theory-based <strong>and</strong> abstracted underst<strong>and</strong>ing of key principles <strong>and</strong> an underst<strong>and</strong>ing of where<br />

primary care fits in (or could fit in) at a system level in any health system.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Nil<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

Nil<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Mike Curtis<br />

Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />

DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />

ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />

Molecular Science,<br />

email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.16 12:58:53 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

142


Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Primary health care - theory <strong>and</strong> practice<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Professor Trisha Greenhalgh<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics;<br />

Health, illness <strong>and</strong> society;<br />

Health inequalities <strong>and</strong> social<br />

determinants of health;<br />

Health systems, economics <strong>and</strong><br />

policy<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

Students will cover the following through a combination of self study, group seminars, lectures <strong>and</strong> project work:<br />

• the many <strong>and</strong> varied models of primary health care across the world<br />

• the commonalities of good primary care provision across different structures <strong>and</strong> systems<br />

• links between primary care (individual <strong>and</strong> family focus) <strong>and</strong> public health (community <strong>and</strong> population focus)<br />

• management of chronic illness <strong>and</strong> multimorbidity<br />

• the therapeutic relationship <strong>and</strong> continuity of care<br />

• uncertainty <strong>and</strong> complexity in primary care <strong>and</strong> the challenges arising from this<br />

• quality in primary care - definitions <strong>and</strong> approaches<br />

• lifelong learning <strong>and</strong> reflective practice<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

This module aims to introduce students to the academic study of primary health care. The focus will be on primary care as a<br />

practice that is informed by a number of primary disciplines, including but not limited to biomedicine, epidemiology, sociology,<br />

anthropology <strong>and</strong> psychology.<br />

143


3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

A 4<br />

Basic knowledge of nature <strong>and</strong> scope of primary health care in a range of different cultures <strong>and</strong> contexts<br />

Basic knowledge of the principles of health services research as applied in a primary health care setting<br />

Basic knowledge of the principles of professional development <strong>and</strong> lifelong learning<br />

Basic knowledge of how health systems may be strengthened by developing the primary care sector<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

B 4<br />

Critically appraise an academic paper relevant to primary health care<br />

Analyse selected primary care problems through a range of disciplinary lenses<br />

Describe how material from disparate sources might be drawn together to address multifaceted problems in primary<br />

care<br />

Review the literature on an aspect of primary health care <strong>and</strong> draw conclusions on how (if at all) practice should<br />

change on the basis of this<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

A mature, professional <strong>and</strong> collaborative approach to the study of primary health care<br />

Respect for, <strong>and</strong> accommodation of, the diverse perspectives represented in an interdiscplinary primary care team or<br />

learning group<br />

Commitment to health <strong>and</strong> community development <strong>and</strong> social justice<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

BOOKS<br />

Greenhalgh T. Primary health care: theory <strong>and</strong> practice. Oxford, John Wiley & Son, 2009.<br />

World Health Organisation: Primary Health Care: Now More Than Ever. World Health Report. Downloadable from http://www.<br />

who.int/whr/2008/whr08_en.pdf. Geneva: WHO; 2008.<br />

144


EXAMPLE JOURNAL ARTICLES<br />

Beasley JW, Starfield B, van Weel C, Rosser WW, Haq CL: Global Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care Research. J Am Board Fam Pract 2007, 20:<br />

518-526.<br />

Haggerty JL, Reid RJ, Freeman GK, Starfield BH, Adair CE, McKendry R: Continuity of care: a multidisciplinary review. BMJ 2003,<br />

327: 1219-1221.<br />

Heath I, Rubinstein A, Stange KC, van Driel ML: Quality in primary health care: a multidimensional approach to complexity. BMJ<br />

2009, 338: b1242<br />

Jennings SF: Personal development plans <strong>and</strong> self-directed learning for healthcare professionals: are they evidence based?<br />

Postgrad Med J 2007, 83: 518-524.<br />

Maher D, Smeeth L, Sekajugo J: Health transition in Africa: practical policy proposals for primary care. Bull World Health Organ<br />

2010, 88: 943-948.<br />

Starfield B et al. Contribution of primary care to health systems <strong>and</strong> health. Milbank Q 2005; 83:457-502.<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

10 x 1-hour lectures<br />

10 x 2-hour group seminars face to face<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />

reading, 20 hours specific preparation / homework for seminars, 20<br />

hours topic-based study, 60 hours assignment<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

150 notional study hours<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Essay-style tutor marked<br />

assignment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Coursework 2000 words 100 Yes N/A<br />

145


Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Essay-style tutor marked assignment Coursework 2000 words<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

146


Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Globalisation <strong>and</strong> health care reform<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code -<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

SMD: Blizard Institute<br />

Responsible School<br />

Primary Care PG<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 2-4 1 15<br />

2013/14 2-4 1 15<br />

2014/15 2-4 1 15<br />

147


Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

This is an elective module for the BSc global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care.<br />

This module will introduce students to the core concepts <strong>and</strong> theories of economic analysis that have underpinned the global<br />

trend towards health care reform. Conventional economic analyses of health policy will be examined <strong>and</strong> contrasted with public<br />

health approaches to health care planning. Particular attention is given to the impact of commercialisation on health care<br />

systems as a result of the international policy of increased private provision of public services. Closer involvement of the private<br />

sector in the planning <strong>and</strong> provision of public services has a range of practical <strong>and</strong> normative implications of which policy<br />

analysts need to be aware.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Nil<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

Nil<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Mike Curtis<br />

Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />

DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />

ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />

Molecular Science,<br />

email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.16 12:59:31 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

148


Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Globalisation <strong>and</strong> health care reform<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />

Module Organiser<br />

David Price<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

Health systems, economics, <strong>and</strong><br />

policy<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

In this module we examine the equity <strong>and</strong> cost effects of key financing <strong>and</strong> resource allocation methods associated with the<br />

health system reform agenda. Particular attention is given to the impact of commercialisation on the role <strong>and</strong> methods of health<br />

care needs assessment <strong>and</strong> needs-based resource allocation. Key reform concepts including integration <strong>and</strong> decentralisation are<br />

examined.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

To examine methods <strong>and</strong> processes of health care system privatisation <strong>and</strong> to examine critically the consequences with respect<br />

to arrangements for risk pooling, equity, <strong>and</strong> efficiency.<br />

149


3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

Systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of concepts <strong>and</strong> mechanisms of health service privatisation<br />

Systematic underst<strong>and</strong>ing of non-market methods of health service planning <strong>and</strong> resource allocation<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

Critically analyse public <strong>and</strong> private control over resources in health care systems<br />

Critically appraise the consequences of public <strong>and</strong> private control in health care systems<br />

Synthesise findings with respect to equity of access <strong>and</strong> universal health care.<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

A global perspective with respect to access to health care<br />

Research <strong>and</strong> policy analysis capacity with respect to public health<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

Florio, M. (2004) Great divestiture: evaluating the welfare impact of the British privatizations, 1979-1997. MA: MIT Press<br />

Yescombe, E. (2007) Public private partnerships: principles of policy <strong>and</strong> finance. Butterworth-Heinemann<br />

Glennerster, H. (2003) Underst<strong>and</strong>ing the finance of welfare. Oxford: Policy Press.<br />

150


Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

10 x 1-hour lectures<br />

10 x 2-hour group seminars<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />

reading, 20 hours seminar preparation, 20 hours topic-based study,<br />

60 hours assignment<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

150 notional study hours<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Tutor-marked essay Coursework 2000 words 100% Yes 50<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Coursework<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

151


Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

152


Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Globalisation <strong>and</strong> contemporary medical ethics<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />

Start Date January 2013<br />

Proposed JACS Code -<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

SMD: Blizard Institute<br />

Responsible School<br />

Primary Care PG<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 2-4 1 15<br />

2013/14 2-4 1 15<br />

2014/15 2-4 1 15<br />

153


Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

This is an elective module for the BSc in global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care.<br />

The past four decades or so have seen the decline of local systems of medical ethics <strong>and</strong> their ongoing supersession by a single<br />

global new one, also known as ‘biomedical ethics’. The doctrine of informed consent, respect for the patient's autonomy, the<br />

discourse on allocation of scarce resources, national <strong>and</strong> international oversight committees, <strong>and</strong> the academic-clinical discipline<br />

of bioethics - all indications of the globalisation / harmonisation of medical ethics are now accepted worldwide. This new<br />

globalised ethic (or rather a core of ethical rules) is supposed to regulate the relations both among health care providers—the<br />

state, the medical industry, health care <strong>and</strong> academic institutions, staff <strong>and</strong> scientists—as well as between them <strong>and</strong> other<br />

stakeholders, notably the patient, the human researchee <strong>and</strong> the public.<br />

This module differs from conventional modules on medical ethics in that it does not treat its object philosophically, but rather<br />

historically. Indeed, it attempts to define the ethical transformation in terms of both form <strong>and</strong> content, identify its social<br />

beneficiaries <strong>and</strong> victims, <strong>and</strong> provide competing historical explanations for its emergence <strong>and</strong> evolution.<br />

The conclusions of the discussion will have no necessary philosophical, ie, justificatory, implications; however, they may cast a<br />

new counterintuitive light on the entire enterprise <strong>and</strong> prompt us to reconsider our ethical <strong>and</strong> philosophical choices. To sum up,<br />

the module will compare the sociological-historical approach to medico-ethical questions with philosophical approaches.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Nil<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

Nil<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Mike Curtis<br />

Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />

DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />

ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />

Molecular Science,<br />

email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.16 12:59:53 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

154


Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Globalisation <strong>and</strong> contemporary medical ethics<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Dr Miran Epstein<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

The module will take the student on a journey through seven major areas of contemporary medical ethics:<br />

* consent <strong>and</strong> consensus<br />

* medical confidentiality<br />

* the discourse on distributive justice<br />

* human <strong>and</strong> animal research ethics<br />

* end-of-life ethics<br />

* transplant ethics<br />

* reproductive ethics<br />

The introductory presentation of each of these topics will be followed by a critical discussion on their possible history <strong>and</strong> on the<br />

theoretical <strong>and</strong> practical implications of the competing conclusions.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

(1) The first aim of the module is to show that medical ethics is actually being globalised, <strong>and</strong> to introduce its major elements.<br />

(2) Ethical issues in medicine <strong>and</strong> elsewhere have usually been dealt with from a strictly philosophical point of view (as is<br />

demonstrated so clearly in the popular 'pros <strong>and</strong> cons' debates). This conventional approach rests on the assumption that<br />

specific ethical conclusions can be <strong>and</strong> are normally drawn from general moral rules. The second aim of the module is to show<br />

that this assumption is false. Ethical conclusions cannot be drawn from general moral rules. What we consider as 'moral reason' is<br />

in fact a justificatory framework for the ethic. In other words, it is part of the ethic, not the source or explanation thereof.<br />

(3) The third aim of the module is to present the major competing historical narratives concerning the emergence <strong>and</strong> evolution<br />

of the ethical transformation in medicine.<br />

(4) The fourth aim of the module is to discuss the general conditions for a plausible historical theory of medical ethics.<br />

(5) The fifth aim of the module is to argue <strong>and</strong> show that a sociological-historical approach to our ethical-philosophical choices<br />

has a critical capacity much greater than that of the philosophical approach.<br />

155


3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

The nature of contemporary medical ethics <strong>and</strong> its major features<br />

Competing historical theories concerning the emergence <strong>and</strong> evolution of the new ethics<br />

The theoretical <strong>and</strong> practical implications of the historical narratives<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

Describe the relations between philosophy <strong>and</strong> medical ethics<br />

Explain the difference between philosophical <strong>and</strong> historical discourses<br />

Outline the conditions for a plausible historical theory of medical ethics<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

C 4<br />

Engage critically with knowledge<br />

Have a global perspective<br />

Learn continuously in a changing world<br />

Demonstrate rounded intellectual development<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

Jackson E. Medical Law: Texts, Cases <strong>and</strong> Materials. OUP 2006.<br />

Brazier M. Medicine, Patients <strong>and</strong> the Law. 5th ed. Penguin 2011.<br />

Jonsen A. The Birth of Bioethics. OUP 2003.<br />

Jonsen A. A Short History of Medical Ethics. OUP 2008.<br />

Stevens T. Bioethics in America: Origins <strong>and</strong> Cultural Politics. Johns Hopkins Press 2003.<br />

Epstein M. How will the economic downturn affect academic bioethics? Bioethics 2010; 24(5): 226–233.<br />

156


Hope T, Savulescu J, Hendrick R. Medical Ethics: The Core Curriculum 2nd ed. Churchill Livingstone 2008.<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

10 x 1-hour lectures<br />

10 x 2-hour group seminars face to face<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

120 hours independent study, comprising 20 hours background<br />

reading, 20 hours specific preparation / homework for seminars, 20<br />

hours topic-based study, 60 hours assignment<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

150 notional study hours<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Written assessment Coursework 3000 words 100 Yes N/A<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

157


Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

158


Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Research appraisal <strong>and</strong> synthesis<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />

Start Date January 2013<br />

Proposed JACS Code -<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

SMD: Blizard Institute<br />

Responsible School<br />

Primary Care PG<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 2-4 1 10<br />

2013/14 2-4 1 10<br />

2014/15 2-4 1 10<br />

159


Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

This is an elective module for the intercalated BSc global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

Considerable health research is published annually, not all of good quality. Practice must continually evolve, however, based on<br />

the best research available. It is essential therefore, that healthcare practitioners <strong>and</strong> others who seek to use this research can<br />

appraise evidence <strong>and</strong> make sensible decisions as to whether it should alter practice or not. This module provides the skills for<br />

students to be able to appraise research evidence <strong>and</strong> synthesise where multiple sources of evidence are available in order to be<br />

able to inform decisions <strong>and</strong> improve practice. They will also be able to appreciate implications for health policy.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Nil<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

NIl<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Mike Curtis<br />

Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />

DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />

ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />

Molecular Science,<br />

email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.16 13:00:20 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

160


Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Research appraisal <strong>and</strong> synthesis<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Dr Catherine Meads<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

Epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

Considerable health research is published annually, not all of good quality. Practice continually evolves, hopefully based on best<br />

research available. Healthcare practitioners <strong>and</strong> others working in the healthcare field should appraise new research evidence<br />

<strong>and</strong> use it to alter practice where appropriate. This module builds on critical appraisal skills introduced in the core module on<br />

epidemiology <strong>and</strong> statistics to appraise research evidence. Students will learn how to synthesise evidence where multiple<br />

sources are available in order to address issues relevant to policy.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

This programme aims to give students the skills to continually update their clinical practice as new research evidence becomes<br />

available. They will learn how to look for the different types of research studies to answer different types of questions such as<br />

what causes a condition, how common it is, what is the prognosis, how accurate are diagnostic tests, how effective are<br />

treatments <strong>and</strong> what are their harms, <strong>and</strong> how can we measure the patient experience. Students will also consider the kinds of<br />

evidence (which may be heterogeneous <strong>and</strong> multifaceted) that may be used in policy-making in an international context.<br />

This module will provide a good foundation for a student who seeks to go on to do a systematic review.<br />

161


3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

Knowledge of the different types of research question in health services research <strong>and</strong> match these with appropriate<br />

study designs<br />

Knowledge of the principles of critical appraisal <strong>and</strong> evidence-based practice<br />

Knowledge of the principles of systematic literature review<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

B 4<br />

B 5<br />

Select an appropriate study design for a healthcare question<br />

Search medical databases for literature on a chosen topic<br />

Critically appraise a r<strong>and</strong>omised controlled trial<br />

Critically appraise a systematic review<br />

Write a specification for a research synthesis project<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

Critical engagement with research evidence<br />

Commitment to continuous learning in a changing world<br />

Self-directed learning to achieve module learning outcomes<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

1. Evans I, Thornton H, Chalmers I. Testing treatments. Better research for better health care. The British Library, London 2007<br />

(freely available under creative commons licence at http://www.testingtreatments.org/)<br />

2. Khan K, Kunz R, Kleijnen J, Antes G. Systematic reviews to support evidence-based medicine. (2nd Edition). Hodder Arnold,<br />

London 2011<br />

162


Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

30 hours total (10 sessions of 3 hours). Comprising 15 hours of<br />

seminars, 10 hours of interactive lectures, <strong>and</strong> 5 hours computer lab<br />

work.<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

120 hours total. Comprising 6 hours per teaching session in<br />

preparation <strong>and</strong> reading time (total 60 hours) <strong>and</strong> 90 hours for the<br />

preparation of the assessment.<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

150 hours<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

3000 words, but<br />

module<br />

organiser may<br />

modify this for<br />

specific projects<br />

if there are good<br />

reasons to do<br />

with the nature<br />

of the protocol<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Development of a protocol for a<br />

systematic review<br />

Coursework<br />

100 Yes N/A<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

163


Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

164


Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Dissertation, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 6 Module Type DPM Scheme Undergraduate<br />

Start Date September 2012<br />

Proposed JACS Code -<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

N/A<br />

SMD: Blizard Institute<br />

Responsible School<br />

Primary Care PG<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 10-15 5 15<br />

2013/14 10-15 5 15<br />

2014/15 10-15 5 15<br />

165


Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

This core module on the BSc Global Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care offers students the opportunity to pursue a topic of interest<br />

in depth <strong>and</strong> produce a critical <strong>and</strong> scholarly review of the literature. Students will select a project from a range on offer, mostly<br />

from supervisors in the Centre for Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care. Students may be allowed to devise their own project, <strong>and</strong>/or<br />

include analysis of raw data, through discussion with a supervisor. Projects will be supported by a series of seminars covering<br />

critical evaluation, literature searching, <strong>and</strong> presentation <strong>and</strong> writing skills. Students will acquire skills in developing, planning,<br />

organising, <strong>and</strong> focusing a project as they work on a one to one basis with their supervisor. They will also acquire skills in<br />

searching, critically appraising, summarising <strong>and</strong> synthesising the literature.<br />

Assessment will via a 5,000-word essay-style dissertation <strong>and</strong> two 10-minute presentations.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Nil<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

Nil<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Mike Curtis<br />

Digitally signed by Mike Curtis<br />

DN: cn=Mike Curtis, o=<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>,<br />

ou=Blizard Institute of Cell <strong>and</strong><br />

Molecular Science,<br />

email=m.a.curtis@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2012.01.16 12:59:12 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

166


Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Dissertation, global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 30 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semesters 1-3<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Prof Trish Greenhalgh<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

This core module on the BSc Global Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care offers students the opportunity to pursue a topic of interest<br />

in depth <strong>and</strong> produce a critical <strong>and</strong> scholarly review of the literature. Students will select a project from a range on offer, mostly<br />

from supervisors in the Centre for Public Health <strong>and</strong> Primary Care, though some from other Institutes with QMUL may be<br />

available. Students may be allowed to devise their own project, <strong>and</strong>/or include analysis of raw data, through discussion with a<br />

supervisor. Projects will be supported by a series of seminars covering critical evaluation, literature searching, presentation <strong>and</strong><br />

writing skills. Students will acquire skills in developing, planning, organising <strong>and</strong> focusing a project as they work on a one to one<br />

basis with their supervisor. They will also acquire skills in searching, critically appraising, summarising <strong>and</strong> synthesising the<br />

literature.<br />

Assessment will via a 5000-word essay-style dissertation <strong>and</strong> a 10 minute presentation.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

The module aims to develop students' ability to explore an academic topic in depth; produce a scholarly <strong>and</strong> critical summary of<br />

the literature, including critical analysis of data, findings <strong>and</strong> conclusions presented in primary studies <strong>and</strong> reports; <strong>and</strong> present<br />

their findings both verbally <strong>and</strong> in writing.<br />

167


3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

A 4<br />

Knowledge of the principles of scholarly literature review as applied to global health, primary care <strong>and</strong> public health<br />

Knowledge of key data sources including journals, databases <strong>and</strong> grey literature relevant to these fields<br />

Knowledge of approaches to appraising, summarising <strong>and</strong> synthesising findings from primary studies<br />

Knowledge of word processing, reference managing <strong>and</strong> presentation software<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

B 4<br />

B 5<br />

Plan, organise, execute <strong>and</strong> deliver a substantial piece of academic work within a defined time period<br />

Search academic <strong>and</strong> grey literature including databases, h<strong>and</strong> searching <strong>and</strong> citation tracking<br />

Critically analyse literature on a chosen topic relevant to global health, primary care or public health<br />

Summarise <strong>and</strong> synthesise the findings from primary studies to produce a coherent review of the topic<br />

Present findings to an audience <strong>and</strong> respond to constructive criticism<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

C 4<br />

C 5<br />

Personal organisation <strong>and</strong> project management<br />

A reflexive <strong>and</strong> scholarly approach to published <strong>and</strong> other evidence<br />

Confidence in using word processing, reference management <strong>and</strong> presentation software to present their work<br />

Intellectual integrity <strong>and</strong> knowledge of own strengths <strong>and</strong> weaknesses<br />

Ability to seek <strong>and</strong> follow advice <strong>and</strong> feedback in the course of a major literature review<br />

168


4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

How to read a paper: The basics of evidence-based medicine. 4th edition. Trisha Greenhalgh. Oxford, Wiley, 2010.<br />

Doing a literature review in health <strong>and</strong> social care. Helen Aveyard. Open University Press.<br />

How to write your undergraduate dissertation. Bryan Greetham. Macmillan.<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

One to one with project supervisor 5 hours<br />

Seminars 10 hours<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

Organisation <strong>and</strong> execution of project 270 hours<br />

Preparing presentations 15 hours<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

Notional study hours 300<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Dissertation Dissertation 5000 words 70 Yes N/A<br />

Presentation Practical 10 minutes 15 Yes N/A<br />

169


Presentation Practical 10 minutes 15 Yes N/A<br />

Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.<br />

170


Module Proposal Form<br />

Sections 1 <strong>and</strong> 2 must be completed in full.<br />

Sections 3 <strong>and</strong> 4a/4b are only to be completed where the module will be available to associate students with<br />

either alternative assessment arrangements (section 3)<br />

or as a half module (sections 4a & 4b)<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Section 1 - Summary Information<br />

Module Title Migration, culture <strong>and</strong> health<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Module Type MOD Scheme Undergraduate<br />

Start Date January 2013<br />

Proposed JACS Code -<br />

Further details on JACS codes can be found at http://tiny.cc/g5a6c<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Blizard Institute<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the module<br />

Collaborating institutions involved in teaching part of the module (if applicable), including the estimated<br />

percentage contribution to the module from the collaborative partner<br />

SMD: Blizard Institute<br />

Responsible School<br />

Primary Care PG<br />

Subject Exam Board responsible for the module<br />

Anticipated Student Registrations<br />

Year of Registration Anticipated Student Intake Minimum Student Intake Maximum Student Intake<br />

2012/13 2-4 1 15<br />

2013/14 2-4 1 15<br />

2014/15 2-4 1 15


Module Rationale<br />

Provide a rationale for the introduction of the module <strong>and</strong> specify for which programme(s) of study the module<br />

is designed <strong>and</strong> whether it will be offered as a core, compulsory or option module. If the programme(s)<br />

concerned comprise of a number of dedicated pathways / routes the status of the module on each should also<br />

be made clear.<br />

This is an elective module for the BSc in global public health <strong>and</strong> primary care.<br />

This module will introduce students to a range of health-related issues that arise in the context of migration <strong>and</strong> cultural<br />

difference. It will play an important part in informing students of the challenges to health care that arise in the contexts of human<br />

mobility, migration, <strong>and</strong> cultural difference. This module will consider key facets of migration in order to underst<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> assess<br />

the consequences for health <strong>and</strong> the risks to health posed by migration. Equally, the module will explore the ways in which<br />

migration is embarked upon with a view to attaining what many believe will be ‘a better life’, which implies a healthy life.<br />

Resource Requirements<br />

By school responsible for module<br />

Nil<br />

By any other <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> school or<br />

collaborative institution<br />

Nil<br />

Approval of New Module Proposal<br />

The signature of the Heads of School/Institute will be taken as confirmation that the School or Institute<br />

can fund the required resources, both internal <strong>and</strong> elsewhere (for example: staffing, library <strong>and</strong><br />

computing resources).<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School


Section 2 - Module Specification<br />

Module Title Migration, culture <strong>and</strong> health<br />

Module Code<br />

Credit Value 15 Level 6 Mode of Delivery On Campus Semester Semester 2<br />

Module Organiser<br />

Pre-requisite modules Co-requisite modules Overlapping modules<br />

1) Content Description<br />

Provide a description of the module, as it will appear in the Module Directory <strong>and</strong> on the Student Information<br />

System (approx. 70-80 words).<br />

Students are introduced to health-related issues that arise in the context of migration, relocation, settlement, <strong>and</strong> diaspora. The<br />

module will<br />

- introduce theories of migration (borders, transnationalism, transculturaltion, alterity, risk) to underst<strong>and</strong> migration patterns,<br />

flows, <strong>and</strong> settlement in both developing <strong>and</strong> developed nations<br />

- examine the main theories underlying the study of the migration-health relationship: migrant categories (gender, social class,<br />

etc) <strong>and</strong> health, cultural variants of migration-health nexus, etc<br />

- consider challenges to health posed by migration, mobility, forced displacement, border crossings, <strong>and</strong> transnational or<br />

transcultural moves<br />

- consider challenges to health that arise in diasporas: cultural differences <strong>and</strong> beliefs, linguistic barriers, the management of<br />

chronic illnesses, etc.<br />

2) Module Aims<br />

Specify the aims of the module, i.e. the broad educational purposes for offering this module.<br />

The aim of this module is to increase awareness of a range of contingent factors that affect health in the context of migration, as<br />

well as to provide a conceptual framework within which these issues can be considered <strong>and</strong> analysed.<br />

In order to do so, the module will consist of three related parts that, together, will consider issues of migration <strong>and</strong> health from<br />

different perspectives. The first will introduce students to categories <strong>and</strong> typologies of migration, as well as to related concepts,<br />

such as borders, alterity, risk, mobility, diaspora, transnationalism <strong>and</strong> transculturation. This conceptual focus will serve to lay a<br />

theoretical framework on debates <strong>and</strong> analyses of migration <strong>and</strong> health <strong>and</strong> therefore will serve as conceptual <strong>and</strong> typological<br />

routes through which to underst<strong>and</strong> questions of health in the context of migration. The second part of the module will examine<br />

health risks posed by migration, both to migrants <strong>and</strong> to host communities. The third part of this module will focus on healthrelated<br />

issues that arise among immigrant communities, with particular emphasis on chronic illness <strong>and</strong> cultural beliefs.


3) Learning Outcomes<br />

Identify the learning outcomes for this module, i.e. knowledge, skills <strong>and</strong> attributes to be developed through<br />

completion of this module. Outcomes should be referenced to the relevant QAA benchmark statements <strong>and</strong> the<br />

Framework for Higher Education Qualifications in Engl<strong>and</strong>, Wales <strong>and</strong> Northern Irel<strong>and</strong> (2008). The SEEC<br />

Credit Level Descriptors for Further <strong>and</strong> Higher Education 2003 <strong>and</strong> <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Statement of Graduate<br />

Attributes should also be used as a guiding framework for curriculum design.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

A 1<br />

A 2<br />

A 3<br />

A 4<br />

A 5<br />

An underst<strong>and</strong>ing of challenges to health through <strong>and</strong> in the context of migration<br />

Conceptual underst<strong>and</strong>ing of migration-health relation<br />

An ability to theorize <strong>and</strong> analyse migration-health issues across contexts<br />

Knowledge of health risks posed by migration<br />

Knowledge of important issues in immigrant communities, such as chronic illness or cultural beliefs<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

B 1<br />

B 2<br />

B 3<br />

B 4<br />

Read, underst<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> apply concepts to contexts<br />

Engage critically with theories of migration<br />

Review literature on specific problems <strong>and</strong> issues in migration <strong>and</strong> health <strong>and</strong> draw conclusions from this<br />

Describe arguments <strong>and</strong> material on migration <strong>and</strong> health <strong>and</strong> bring them together in specific topics<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

Analytic ability with regard to assessing migration-health issues<br />

Underst<strong>and</strong>ing of migration-health issues in local <strong>and</strong> global contexts<br />

Ability to organize concepts, present arguments <strong>and</strong> articulate both orally <strong>and</strong> in writing nuanced <strong>and</strong> contingent<br />

studies of migration <strong>and</strong> health<br />

4) Reading List<br />

Provide an indicative reading list for the module. This should include key texts <strong>and</strong>/or journals but should not<br />

be an exhaustive list of materials.<br />

Castles S (2000) International migration at the beginning of the 21st century: global trends <strong>and</strong> issues. Paris: UNESCO.<br />

Gushulak B, Weekers J, MacPherson D (2009) Migrants <strong>and</strong> emerging health issues in a globalized world—health threats, risks<br />

<strong>and</strong> challenges: an evidence-based framework. Emerging Health Threats Journal 2: e10.


Karlsen, S, Nazroo, J, <strong>and</strong> Stephenson, R.B. 2002: Ethnicity, environment <strong>and</strong> health: putting ethnic inequalities in health in their<br />

place? Social Science <strong>and</strong> Medicine, 55 (9), 1647-1661.<br />

Krieken, Peter J. van (ed.), 2001, Migration, health <strong>and</strong> return: a h<strong>and</strong>book for a multi-disciplinary Approach, The Hague: Asser<br />

Press<br />

Massey D, Arango J, Hugo G, Kouaouci A, Pellegrino A, et al. (1993) Theories of international migration: a review <strong>and</strong> appraisal.<br />

Population <strong>and</strong> Development Review 19: 431–457.<br />

World Health Organization (2010) Health of migrants–the way forward: report of a global consultation. Geneva: World Health<br />

Organization.<br />

Teaching <strong>and</strong> Learning Profile<br />

Provide details of the method of delivery (lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work, etc.) used to enable the<br />

achievement of learning outcomes <strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity to give an overall picture<br />

of the workload a student taking the module would be expected to undertake.<br />

1. Student / lecturer interaction<br />

Specify details of the method of delivery e.g.<br />

lectures, seminars, fieldwork, lab work etc. used to<br />

enable the achievement of the learning outcomes<br />

<strong>and</strong> an indicative number of hours for each activity.<br />

2. Student independent learning time<br />

Specify an indicative number of independent hours<br />

of study a student undertaking this module would<br />

be expected to undertake.<br />

11 contact weeks of 2 hours each:<br />

11 x 1-hour lectures<br />

11 x 1-hour seminars with student group work <strong>and</strong> presentations<br />

128 hours comprising 22 hours background reading, 22 hours<br />

specific preparation / homework for seminars, 24 hours topic-based<br />

study, 60 hours assignment<br />

1. + 2. Total module notional study hours<br />

Specify the total module notional study hours. This<br />

should be a total of the hours given in 1. <strong>and</strong> 2.<br />

The notional study hours for each academic credit<br />

point is 10. A 15 credit point module therefore<br />

represents 150 notional study hours.<br />

150 notional study hours<br />

Assessment Profile<br />

Provide details of the assessment methods used to assess the achievement of learning outcomes.<br />

Brief Description of<br />

Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration /<br />

Length of<br />

Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Percentage<br />

Weighting<br />

Seminar presentation Practical 10-15 minutes 25% Yes<br />

Qualifying<br />

Final element Mark for<br />

of assessment? Individual<br />

Assessment<br />

Assignment 1 Coursework 1500 words 25% Yes<br />

Assignment 2 Coursework 2500 50% Yes


Reassessment<br />

Provide details of the reassessment methods used, specifying whether reassessment is either st<strong>and</strong>ard<br />

reassessment or synoptic reassessment.<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard Reassessment<br />

Synoptic Reassessment<br />

Synoptic reassessment details (if you have indicated synoptic reassessment above, please give details)<br />

Brief Description of Assessment<br />

Assessment Type<br />

Duration / Length of Examination /<br />

Coursework<br />

Section 3 - Alternative Assessment Arrangements for Associate Students<br />

This section must only be completed if the module will be made available to associate students in Semester A<br />

<strong>and</strong> where the credit value of the "associate" version is the same as for the main version, <strong>and</strong> the main version<br />

is assessed by exam in May which is not available to the associate students. All other aspects of the module<br />

specification remain the same as indicated in Section 2 above. To add alternative assessment arrangements<br />

please click 'Add Alternative Assessment'.<br />

Section 4a - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester A)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester A. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester A)'.<br />

Section 4b - Half Module for Associate Students (for a half module to be taught in Semester B)<br />

This section must be completed if the proposed module will take place over 2 semesters but will be made<br />

available to single-semester associate students in a half-credit format in Semester B. Modules worth less than<br />

30 credits taken over 2 semesters may not be made available in a half-credit format. To add details for the half<br />

module please click 'Add Half Module (Semester B)'.


TPB2011-027<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />

Nature of proposal(s)<br />

Owning School /<br />

Institute<br />

Title of Proposal(s)<br />

being considered<br />

Programme Amendment(s)<br />

Institute of Cancer<br />

MSc Cancer Therapeutics<br />

Outcome requested<br />

Potential issues<br />

identified <strong>and</strong><br />

comments on the<br />

proposal(s) from<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />

Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider <strong>and</strong><br />

approve the proposal(s) identified above <strong>and</strong> detailed in the<br />

accompanying documentation. If any conditions of approval or<br />

recommendations arise through discussion at the Board these<br />

should be clearly stipulated in the TPB minutes <strong>and</strong><br />

articulated to the proposer.<br />

The MSc Cancer Therapeutics is a distance learning<br />

programme that is offered in both full-time <strong>and</strong> part-time<br />

modes of study. The programme had been adopted as the<br />

formal teaching component of the Bank of Cyprus Cancer<br />

Centre Registrar Training programme. Each year 2-3 new<br />

trainees will enter the programme <strong>and</strong> alongside their clinical<br />

training will study for an MSc as part-time distance learning<br />

students.<br />

The following amendment put forward for consideration has 3<br />

parts to it <strong>and</strong> proposes to:<br />

1. Extend the period of registration to up to 5 years for<br />

part time students.<br />

2. Have 2 intakes per year. The St<strong>and</strong>ard intake in<br />

September (1st intake) <strong>and</strong> a new additional intake in<br />

January (2nd intake).<br />

3. Allow students to register for a PG Cert or PG Dip as<br />

an alternative to a full MSc.<br />

The main aim of these amendments is to make the course<br />

more flexible. The amendments were provisionally approved<br />

by the School Programme Review Committee in December<br />

(with the requirement that students take at least 1 module per<br />

semester).<br />

At the time of writing a suspension of regulations request had<br />

provisionally been agreed <strong>and</strong> to facilitate two students<br />

enrolling on the existing programme in January.<br />

171


TPB2011-027<br />

Programme Amendment Form<br />

This form should be used to submit a proposal to change a programme of study, i.e. a proposal that modifies<br />

the arrangements originally approved by the College. For example:<br />

• change in the title of the programme - please note that changing the programme title will<br />

necessitate the recoding of the programme<br />

• change in the length of the programme of study<br />

• changes in compulsory or recommended modules<br />

• changes in the programme regulations<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

Summary Information (as previously approved)<br />

Programme Title(s) MSc Cancer Therapeutics<br />

Programme Code(s) A3T5 & A3T6<br />

Programme Qualification<br />

Mode of study<br />

Master of Science (MSc) Specify FT Duration 1 year<br />

Programme<br />

Duration<br />

Master of Science (MSc) Specify PT Duration 2 years<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Barts Cancer Institute<br />

Schools who are also be involved in teaching part of the programme<br />

Barts <strong>and</strong> The London School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry<br />

Wolfson Institute of Preventive Medicine<br />

Details of any collaborative Higher Education Institution(s) involved in teaching any part of the programme<br />

Module Lead from Institute of Cancer Research, Sutton.<br />

Lecturers from University College London<br />

Programme Organiser Dr Simon Joel<br />

1) Proposed Amendment(s)<br />

Detail the proposed amendments to the programme <strong>and</strong> attach the updated Programme Specification. If new<br />

modules are to be added to the programme(s) or if existing modules are to be removed this should be clearly<br />

specified in the space below. Further information regarding the module(s) to be added / removed from the<br />

programme(s) can be provided in the table below. Alternatively, this information can be presented in text form<br />

in the space below, as long as all of the key information in the table is detailed.<br />

Proposed changes:<br />

172


TPB2011-027<br />

1. Extend period of registration to up to 5 years for part time students with the option to take any number of modules<br />

1 module, equivalent to 15 credits) each year.<br />

2. To have 2 intakes per year. St<strong>and</strong>ard intake in September (1st intake), new additional intake in January (2nd intake).<br />

3. To allow students to register for a PG Cert or PG Dip as an alternative to a full MSc.<br />

Module Title<br />

Module<br />

Code<br />

Credits<br />

Level<br />

Module<br />

Selection<br />

Status<br />

<strong>Academic</strong><br />

Year of<br />

Study<br />

Add / Remove<br />

Module from<br />

Programme<br />

X<br />

X<br />

2) New Programme Title (if applicable)<br />

Please note that changing the programme title will necessitate the recoding of the programme.<br />

3) Proposed Date of Amendment Introduction January 2012<br />

4) Rationale<br />

Detail the rationale for the proposed amendment(s).<br />

The rationale for the requested amendments are :<br />

- Programme Expansion<br />

- Marketability<br />

- Continued Professional Development<br />

Flexibility is what makes distance learning (DL) distinctive <strong>and</strong> what makes it appealing to overseas students, to those already in a<br />

profession, <strong>and</strong> to mature students. Past student experiences have indicated that an even greater level of flexibility is needed to<br />

allow students to fit their studies around their work <strong>and</strong> family life. In the 2010-11 academic year alone we had 2 part-time DL<br />

students, who were also health professionals, withdraw from the course as they were not able to fit the dem<strong>and</strong>s of a 2-year parttime<br />

MSc course around their full-time employment. The proposed amendment 1 would give DL students the flexibility to<br />

choose the number of modules they wish to take each semester <strong>and</strong> year, allowing them a maximum of 5 years to obtain a<br />

qualification.<br />

The Institute are aware of overseas Institutions whose local professional training programmes do not fit with the current<br />

September - September Masters programmes run by the Institute. For example, the Institute has identified a partner Institution in<br />

Cyprus (Bank of Cyprus Cancer Centre, Nicosia) who want to encourage their trainees (registrar level) to enrol on the DL MSc<br />

Cancer Therapeutics course as part of their professional development. The proposed amendment 2 would allow suitable<br />

students (appropriate background knowledge to take semester 2 modules without having completed any semester 1 module) to<br />

enrol in January, which in the case of the Bank of Cyprus Cancer Centre students would complement their local training cycle.<br />

Having now run the DL course option for 2 years the Institute are aware of several students who wish to study certain modules as<br />

part of their continuing professional development. Such students do not want to complete a full MSc. Currently these students<br />

enrol for a full MSc, then exit having satisfied the requirements for a PG Cert or PG Dip. As such they are always behind on fee<br />

payments. We now wish to allow these students to enrol from day 1 for a PG Cert or PG Dip. The proposed amendment 3 would<br />

allow this.<br />

The Institute has now reached capacity for its on-site wet-lab MSc students, due to the availability of teaching room space for<br />

173


TPB2011-027<br />

taught modules <strong>and</strong> lab space for the semester 3 project placement. In order to exp<strong>and</strong> the number of MSc students we are<br />

working towards increasing the number of students on distance learning programmes, with lab projects being taken in a local<br />

home Institution. Allowing both a longer study period, a second intake in January, <strong>and</strong> enroling for PG Cert or PG Dip awards<br />

would further increase the attractiveness of these distance learning programmes.<br />

5) Resource Implications of Proposed Amendment(s)<br />

Are there any resource implications linked to the proposed amendment(s)?<br />

There are no resource implications for amendments 1 or 3.<br />

There are implications in an additional intake in January (amendment 2), which are addressed below:<br />

1. Programme Structure:<br />

Please see proposed programme structure attached .<br />

2. Resources<br />

All lectures are created using the live lecture capture system <strong>and</strong> these can be released at any time in the academic year once<br />

they have been recorded. There will not be any duplication of teaching for the taught lecture components. In course assessments<br />

would need to be made at the appropriate time during the taught modules. In course assessments involving presentations (oral<br />

or poster) would be carried out via Skype, as with existing DL students.<br />

There will be increased resource implications relating to the increase in student numbers such as marking <strong>and</strong> central charges,<br />

which will be compensated by the additional income.<br />

No additional exam boards will be required for the second intake. Final awards will be recommended at the summer DEB in time<br />

for the summer Graduation ceremony.<br />

The majority of DL lab projects will be hosted by the partner institution or the student's place of work. A more extended period of<br />

study would allow some DL students to carry out their project in the Institute's labs, but outside of the peak semester 3 project<br />

period for on-site students. This is an important requirement for some DL students who are not able to find a suitable host lab, or<br />

project supervisor, in their own country or place of work.<br />

Induction material for DL students is provided online. The 2nd intake will therefore receive the same information <strong>and</strong> support as<br />

the September intake.<br />

6) Anticipated Practical Implications of Proposed Amendment(s)<br />

Please specify how students' study patterns might be affected. Have the students been consulted about the<br />

proposed amendment(s)?<br />

As the additional intake would be DL students there will not be any obvious disruption or hindrance to existing on-site students.<br />

Student support <strong>and</strong> student experience<br />

There are 2 on-site student course representatives <strong>and</strong> one DL course representative elected each September. There is therefore<br />

a cross network of student support between on-site <strong>and</strong> DL students which feeds back to the staff-student liaison committee.<br />

If the second intake is greater than 4 students a second DL student rep will be elected all programme study options are<br />

represented. With a dual intake this would mean there will always be a more experienced student rep to guide the next intake of<br />

DL students.<br />

Second intake students would study specific modules at the same time as first intake on-site <strong>and</strong> DL students, so the smaller<br />

intakes would not be isolated from other students. Modules missed from the Sept-Dec taught module would be taken later in the<br />

course, again with other first intake students.<br />

Students on the 5 year programme will have a formal annual feedback session with the programme director (via Skype) to ensure<br />

that they are on track with their studies. This already happens with 1st <strong>and</strong> 2nd year full-time <strong>and</strong> part-time on-site <strong>and</strong> DL<br />

students.<br />

174


TPB2011-027<br />

7) External Examiner(s) <strong>and</strong> Student Consultation<br />

Have you consulted your External Examiner(s) <strong>and</strong> Students about the proposed amendments? If so,<br />

please detail their comments.<br />

EE comments:<br />

Dear Simon<br />

Apologies for not getting back to you sooner re the planned alterations to your DL course – the rationale makes perfect sense<br />

<strong>and</strong> should, hopefully, make the courses more attractive to applicants <strong>and</strong> current students – if implemented they should<br />

increase numbers <strong>and</strong>, particularly re. amendment 3, improve completion rates (i.e. with individuals being registered for PGCert/<br />

PGDip from the start rather than by defaulting from the MSc). It’d be useful to see your student h<strong>and</strong>book(s) (with it/them<br />

outlining passmarks, credit ratings of modules, curriculum etc) for the PGCert/PGDip if/when they get approved. Presumably<br />

there will also be progression allowed i.e. for those individuals that initially register onto the Cert etc but who then decide to take<br />

the full MSc – I also presume that there will be APL possibilities for folk that complete Cert/Dip, take a break, <strong>and</strong> who then wish<br />

to come back to take MSc?<br />

Re extending the period of registration – again, this makes perfect sense – particularly for individuals taking a DL course (it would<br />

also, I presume, be useful for P/T campus based students) – the added pressure that such students face (eg via work/employment<br />

requirements) makes an extended registration period, for those who need it, almost essential for successful completion (i.e. this<br />

should also aid student experience <strong>and</strong> your completion rates) – we usually allow a maximum of 4 years to complete – any<br />

specific reason for 5 years? I don’t see it being a problem – it would, obviously, only be used in rare occasions with the majority of<br />

students presumably wishing to complete ASAP, within the recommended timeframe (so their degree is as marketable as<br />

possible) i.e. will you be recommending completion over the 2 years but allowing up to 5 for extenuating circumstances only (e.<br />

g. to account for maternity, ill-health, employment issues etc etc). Presumably the total registration period could be the same for<br />

all categories of students (F/T, P/T, DL) but recommendation made for ideal completion times (i.e. to allow those with approved<br />

extenuating circumstances to still obtain a degree). Or were you recommending that DL students take up to 5 years to complete<br />

at the outset of registration?<br />

Re 2 intakes per year – again, makes sense <strong>and</strong> if your admin team <strong>and</strong> academics can accommodate the increased workload<br />

then I see no reason why it shouldn’t be implemented. I’m sure that you, <strong>and</strong> the team, will ensure that such students feel<br />

‘embedded’ into the course <strong>and</strong> that they don’t feel that they are a separate isolated cohort. I see that such students will have<br />

final awards recommended at the Summer exam board rather than the September one – how will this work from an external<br />

moderation perspective i.e. as external examiners are only currently present for the September one? Presumably if externals are<br />

not to be present for the Summer exam board they will be able to see all paperwork, etc for such students, at the Sept EB i.e. to<br />

ensure parity across both cohorts of students (traditional Sept intake <strong>and</strong> the new Jan intake). What happens re assessments –<br />

will the new intake sit exams at the same time as the traditional students or will new sets of assessments be required – how will<br />

parity across assessments be maintained if the latter?<br />

I am, as mentioned at the outset (<strong>and</strong> as can be seen from above) in favour of the alterations as I believe they will enhance<br />

student experience <strong>and</strong> aid their completion of the courses. It’ll undoubtedly mean increased admin <strong>and</strong> academic workload but<br />

if you’ve got the resources to cope with this, <strong>and</strong> parity is maintained across the different cohorts, then I’m all for it.<br />

Please let me know if you need any additional comments/feedback from this end.<br />

All the best<br />

Stewart<br />

Dr SG Martin<br />

Associate Professor of Oncology, MSc Course Director<br />

<strong>and</strong> Head of Translational Radiation Biology Research Group<br />

University of Nottingham<br />

Response to points raised by EE:<br />

Dear Stewart<br />

175


TPB2011-027<br />

Many thanks for your comments, <strong>and</strong> for your questions. These are things the review panel are also likely to raise, so useful for us<br />

to address them.<br />

To answer some of the key points you raise (your questions in red);<br />

It’d be useful to see your student h<strong>and</strong>book(s)- happy to do that, they will be studying the existing modules, but we will have a<br />

separate h<strong>and</strong>book just for PGCert or Dip entry.<br />

Presumably there will also be progression allowed i.e. Yes, we are already approved to accredit prior learning, so they could<br />

transfer to a PGDip or MSc.<br />

we usually allow a maximum of 4 years to complete – any specific reason for 5 years? We are working with an Oncology Centre in<br />

Cyprus who would get their registrars to a PG Dip as a part-time course as part of their 3 year on-site Oncology training<br />

programme. If they wish to do a project for a full MSc it might take another 2 years. We would recommend any of these<br />

programmes be completed in less time than that, but would prefer to be covered for a full 5 years for circumstances such as this,<br />

<strong>and</strong> in case of maternity, illness etc.<br />

Re 2 intakes per year – ….I’m sure that you, <strong>and</strong> the team, will ensure that such students …. don’t feel that they are a separate<br />

isolated cohort. They would start on semester 2 modules alongside regular on-site students, so should not feel isolated. The<br />

additional workload for us is limited, we are not suggesting repeating any teaching, just doing the modules in a different order.<br />

This would only be suitable for students who already have sufficient background knowledge to do that (eg, clinicians starting<br />

with the more clinical modules in semester 2).<br />

Presumably if externals are not to be present for the Summer exam board they will be able to see all paperwork, etc for such<br />

students, at the Sept EB i.e. to ensure parity across both cohorts of students (traditional Sept intake <strong>and</strong> the new Jan intake).<br />

What happens re assessments – will the new intake sit exams at the same time as the traditional students or will new sets of<br />

assessments be required – how will parity across assessments be maintained if the latter? The new intake would take exams for a<br />

particular module at the same time as the on-site students. The full exam board would see these students marks as they progress<br />

through the course. If we wanted to recommend a final award in time for a Summer graduation it would be with the Exam Board<br />

chairs action, <strong>and</strong> with the agreement of the external.<br />

…..parity is maintained across the different cohorts, then I’m all for it. We would ensure that there was parity between the various<br />

options by which these programmes could be taken.<br />

Please let me know if you need any additional comments/feedback from this end. I think that will be fine for this stage Stewart.<br />

With best wishes,<br />

Simon Joel<br />

Reader in Cancer Pharmacology<br />

Feedback at the Staff - student liaison committee (feedback from DL rep):<br />

From: maja liskova [mailto:liskovama@googlemail.com]<br />

Sent: 16 October 2011 13:10<br />

To: Simon Joel<br />

Subject: Re: MSc course amendments<br />

Dear Simon<br />

Nice to hear from you.<br />

The proposed changes seem to be good step forward, giving more flexibility to organise life-work-study balance for the parttime<br />

distance learning students. I do not think anybody would have any objections against these changes from student part.<br />

Best Wishes<br />

Maria Liscova<br />

176


TPB2011-027<br />

> Has a the Programme Specification been revised to take into account the programme<br />

amendment?<br />

Yes<br />

Approval of Programme Amendment<br />

Programme<br />

Organiser*<br />

Simon Joel<br />

Digitally signed by Simon Joel<br />

DN: cn=Simon Joel, o=BCI,<br />

ou=Haemato-Oncology,<br />

email=s.p.joel@qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2011.11.28 16:36:32 Z<br />

Head(s) of School<br />

Digitally signed by Nick Lemoine<br />

DN: cn=Nick Lemoine, o=Institute of<br />

Cancer, ou=Barts <strong>and</strong> The London<br />

School of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry,<br />

email=director@qmcr.qmul.ac.uk, c=GB<br />

Date: 2011.12.21 13:15:47 Z<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Head(s) of<br />

supporting School<br />

Chair of Programme <strong>and</strong> Module<br />

Approval Board<br />

177


Programme Title:<br />

TPB2011-027<br />

Programme Specification<br />

Awarding Body/Institution<br />

Teaching Institution<br />

<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, University of London<br />

<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong>, University of London<br />

Name of Final Award <strong>and</strong> Programme Title MSc, PG Dip or PG Cert in Cancer Therapeutics<br />

Name of Interim Award(s)<br />

Duration of Study / Period of Registration<br />

QM Programme Code / UCAS Code(s)<br />

QAA Benchmark Group<br />

FT 1year, PT 2 years (PT study can be extended to 5 years with approval)<br />

A3T3 (MSc FT); A3T4 (MSc PT) ; A3T5 (MSc DL FT) ; A3T6 (MSc DL PT)<br />

Medicine<br />

FHEQ Level of Award Level 7<br />

Programme Accredited by<br />

Date Programme Specification Approved<br />

Responsible School / Institute<br />

Barts Cancer Institute<br />

Schools which will also be involved in teaching part of the programme<br />

Wolfson Institute of Preventive Medicine<br />

Institution(s) other than <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> that will provide some teaching for the programme<br />

Institute of Cancer Research London, University College London<br />

Programme Outline<br />

The programme is provided by Barts Cancer Institute within Barts <strong>and</strong> the London School of Medicine. Barts Cancer Institute is<br />

an important part of the Barts Cancer Research UK Centre, a partnership between <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> College, Barts Hospital <strong>and</strong><br />

Cancer Research UK which brings together world-class scientists, doctors <strong>and</strong> nurses working in the heart of London. Their aim<br />

is to push the boundaries in our underst<strong>and</strong>ing of cancer <strong>and</strong> use this information to save more lives from the disease.<br />

Alongside this high quality research, a new hospital at Barts provides the very latest treatments for patients in the area. This<br />

brings together an almost unique grouping of cancer expertise involved in basic, translational <strong>and</strong> clinical aspects of Cancer<br />

Therapeutics, that means we are able to offer this learning opportunity to study for a Masters, Diploma or Certificate<br />

postgraduate award. All teaching is delivered by research active scientists <strong>and</strong> clinicians.<br />

The full Masters programme provides both theoretical <strong>and</strong> practical knowledge, with 50% of the course comprising practical<br />

modules. More formal teaching, both in the classroom <strong>and</strong> the laboratory, is delivered in modules 1 <strong>and</strong> 2, with students<br />

undertaking a full time project in semester 3. This can be taken as full-time (1 year) or part-time (typically 2 years, but up to 5<br />

years with the approval of the Course Director) study, <strong>and</strong> can be taken as a Distance Learning programme with full-time <strong>and</strong><br />

part-time options. The full Masters degree requires satisfactorily completing 180 credits of study.<br />

178


Programme Title:<br />

TPB2011-027<br />

It is also possible to take this programme with the aim of completing 120 credits of study for a Postgraduate Diploma award, or<br />

60 credits for a Postgraduate Certificate award. Students enrolling for a Diploma can study 120 credits of taught modules, or a<br />

combination of taught modules <strong>and</strong> project. Students enrolling for a Certificate must study 60 credits of taught modules. Both<br />

the Diploma <strong>and</strong> Certificate programmes can be taken as a distance learning option.<br />

Aims of the Programme<br />

The specific aims of the programme are to provide participants with a clear underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the scientific basis underlying the<br />

principles <strong>and</strong> practice of cancer therapeutics <strong>and</strong> the development, evaluation <strong>and</strong> implementation of new treatments. This<br />

will be underpinned by a thorough knowledge of cancer biology <strong>and</strong> pathology, research methodologies, drug development<br />

<strong>and</strong> regulatory issues.<br />

This knowledge will provide you with a good grounding in the use <strong>and</strong> evaluation of cancer therapies which will enhance career<br />

prospects in many areas of early phase clinical trials <strong>and</strong> clinical drug development in the cancer setting. It will also provide<br />

proven theoretical <strong>and</strong> practical skills suitable for entry to a PhD degree course.<br />

Students enrolling for a Postgraduate Diploma or Certificate typically do so as part of their Continuing Professional<br />

Development, so select modules to satisfy their own professional learning requirements.<br />

What Will You Be Expected to Achieve?<br />

On completion of the course students will:<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Content:<br />

have a good grounding in the molecular <strong>and</strong> cellular biology relevant to cancer<br />

A 1<br />

have a thorough knowledge of the principles underlying the diagnosis <strong>and</strong> treatment of cancer<br />

A 2<br />

underst<strong>and</strong> the steps involved in developing <strong>and</strong> implementing new cancer treatments<br />

A 3<br />

underst<strong>and</strong> the regulatory framework underlying clinical research<br />

A 4<br />

underst<strong>and</strong> the principles of key laboratory methodologies applied to clinical trials<br />

A 5<br />

Disciplinary Skills - able to:<br />

demonstrate skills in gathering, recording, analysing <strong>and</strong> presenting information<br />

B 1<br />

contribute to the research activity <strong>and</strong> knowledge base in improving cancer care<br />

B 2<br />

B 3 apply knowledge gained from the programme in their own professional role<br />

179


Programme Title:<br />

TPB2011-027<br />

Attributes:<br />

C 1<br />

C 2<br />

C 3<br />

experienced in oral <strong>and</strong> poster presentation<br />

experience of working as part of a research-active group<br />

significant laboratory or clinical research experience<br />

How Will You Learn?<br />

Module <strong>and</strong> project teaching will comprise the following;<br />

• Whole-group seminars/lectures on specific topics. Tutors <strong>and</strong> students will be encouraged to develop a tutorial atmosphere in<br />

which dialogue <strong>and</strong> discussion can take place.<br />

• Whole-group practical classes in small groups to address a specific practical method or topic. These will be recorded in the<br />

student’s practical files. The Barts Cancer Institute teaching lab (newly refurbished) will be used for many of these teaching<br />

sessions.<br />

• Whole-group demonstrations. These will take place in Institute laboratories or the class-room to address specific technologies<br />

(i.e. expression array technology) or methods (i.e. array data analysis).<br />

• Student presentations on specific topics.<br />

• Individual tuition will take place for all students during the 4-unit project, or for students who require additional input in a<br />

particular topic area.<br />

• Key generic skills will be acquired from each of the above.<br />

• Teaching material will be available on the College internet site via Blackboard. A computer room with 16 PC’s is provided for the<br />

use of Barts Cancer Institute students only.<br />

• The majority of the teaching rooms, the practical lab <strong>and</strong> the computer room are on the Charterhouse Square campus. Some<br />

teaching may take place at St Bartholomew’s Hospital, which is 5 minutes walk from Charterhouse Square.<br />

The provision of key skills in the core module Research Skills <strong>and</strong> Sciences will enable students to maximise their ability to<br />

underst<strong>and</strong> <strong>and</strong> learn from other modules. Students will maintain a file of practical work carried out in the core module which will<br />

be useful during the project module.<br />

As self-directed learning is the major component of each module students will be encouraged to identify their own learning<br />

needs as modules progress. All students will have access to named personal mentors (lecturer grade or above) on entry to the<br />

course. These mentors will provide advice on issues arising from the course itself, <strong>and</strong> on issues such as post course employment<br />

<strong>and</strong> further training opportunities.<br />

Students will have full access to the College/Medical School library <strong>and</strong> student computing facilities, in addition to the computer<br />

room provided. The course is delivered using a virtual learning environment (Blackboard) provided by the college. This enables<br />

lecture notes <strong>and</strong> h<strong>and</strong>out material to be available electronically, provides space for discussion <strong>and</strong> question boards <strong>and</strong> allows<br />

assessed work to be uploaded remotely. For Distance Learning students lectures <strong>and</strong> tutorials are captured <strong>and</strong> uploaded<br />

immediately onto Blackboard. The captured lecture includes classroom audio, all projected slides or images <strong>and</strong> whiteboard<br />

annotations made by the lecturer.<br />

Classroom teaching will also involve a real time assessment of the group underst<strong>and</strong>ing of the topic being covered using the<br />

Turning Point student response system. This involves questions embedded into presentations to which the students respond,<br />

using an individual unit that provides an anonymous response with a single click. This ensures that feedback is received from all<br />

students in the group, <strong>and</strong> provides students with a guide to their own underst<strong>and</strong>ing of a particular topic.<br />

Students are encouraged to attend the weekly Institute seminar programmes on the Barts <strong>and</strong> Charterhouse Square campuses<br />

(subject to module timetabling), as well as the Distinguished Guest Speaker Programme.<br />

180


Programme Title:<br />

TPB2011-027<br />

How Will You Be Assessed?<br />

Assessment of individual taught modules includes in-course assessments (typically 40% of the module mark) <strong>and</strong> an examination<br />

paper (typically 60% of the module mark). There is a small variation in the relative contribution of each assessment method<br />

between modules.<br />

In-course assessments include presentations (oral <strong>and</strong> poster), vivas, written assignments <strong>and</strong> practicals.<br />

The semester 3 project is submitted as an assessed 5,000 word report. The overall project mark also includes a mark for an oral<br />

presentation of the project <strong>and</strong> a supervisor mark based on the student's overall performance in the lab.<br />

For DL students assessed presentations are given via Skype.<br />

How is the Programme Structured?<br />

The full Masters course involves studying 12 units, totalling 180 credits (15 credits per unit). This includes 6.5 units (97.5 credits) of<br />

core taught modules, 1.5 units (22.5 credits) of option taught modules <strong>and</strong> the lab project which is equal to 4 units (60 credits).<br />

Five option (elective) modules are offered, from which students must select 3.<br />

Full time students take 4 or 4.5 (depending on option selection) taught units in semester 1 (Sept - Dec, delivered as 2 full days<br />

teaching each week on Wednesday <strong>and</strong> Thursday) <strong>and</strong> are then examined on those modules in early January. Students take a<br />

further 3.5 or 4 taught units in semester 2 (Jan - April, delivered over 3 days each week, Tuesday, Wednesday <strong>and</strong> Thursdays), with<br />

module exams at the end of that period. Students who have satisfactorily passed at least 4 units (60 credits) are then able to<br />

progress to the project module in semester 3.<br />

Part-time students study 4 taught units (60 credits) in year 1 <strong>and</strong> 4 taught units (60 credits) in year 2. The project module can<br />

either be studied part-time in semester 3 in years 1 <strong>and</strong> 2, or full-time in semester 3 in year 2.<br />

Distance learning students can study the course either full-time or part-time. The project module can then be studied either at<br />

the Institute in Charterhouse Square, or can be taken at a host institution in the student's home country, or at the student's place<br />

of work, dependent on finding a suitable local supervisor. In these cases a co-supervisor from Barts Cancer Institute will also be<br />

appointed.<br />

The module diet shown in the table on the next page is for full-time students taking the course over 1 year. For part-time<br />

students the typical module diet would be ;<br />

Year 1<br />

Semester 1<br />

Basic Molecular <strong>and</strong> Cancer Biology<br />

Cancer Pharmacology<br />

Option module (Cancer Pathology, if selected as an option)<br />

Semester 2<br />

Biological Therapies<br />

Drug Development<br />

Option module (from list below, if Cancer Pathology not studied in semester 1)<br />

Semester 3<br />

Project module<br />

Year 2<br />

Semester 1<br />

Research Skills <strong>and</strong> Sciences<br />

181


Programme Title:<br />

TPB2011-027<br />

Semester 2<br />

Site Specific Tumour Treatment<br />

Ablative Therapies<br />

Option modules ( from list below)<br />

Semester 3<br />

Project module<br />

For students enrolling for a Diploma award involving only taught modules, the module diet would be the same as for the Masters<br />

course semesters 1 <strong>and</strong> 2. The module diet for Diploma students taking 4 taught modules <strong>and</strong> the project module, or for<br />

Certificate students, would be finalised after discussion with the Programme Director <strong>and</strong> consideration of their prior knowledge.<br />

Summary<br />

MSc 12 units/180credits comprising : 8 taught units + 4 unit lab project<br />

Pg Diploma 8 units/120 credits comprising : 8 taught units or 4 taught units + 4 unit lab project<br />

Pg Certificate 4 units/60 credits comprising : 4 taught units<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Year of Study 1<br />

Module Title<br />

Module<br />

Code<br />

Credits<br />

Level<br />

Module<br />

Selection<br />

Status<br />

<strong>Academic</strong><br />

Year of<br />

Study<br />

Semester<br />

Research Skills <strong>and</strong> Sciences CANM901 30 7 Core 1 Semester 1<br />

Basic Molecular & Cancer Biology CANM902 15 7 Core 1 Semester 1<br />

Cancer Pharmacology CANM903 15 7 Core 1 Semester 1<br />

Pathology of Cancer CANM909 7.5 7 Elective 1 Semester 1<br />

Biological Therapies CANM907 15 7 Core 1 Semester 2<br />

Site Specific Tumour Treatment CANM904 7.5 7 Core 1 Semester 2<br />

Ablative Therapies CANM905 7.5 7 Core 1 Semester 2<br />

Drug Development CANM906 7.5 7 Core 1 Semester 2<br />

Cancer Prevention & Screening CANM912 7.5 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />

Paediatric <strong>and</strong> Adolescent Oncology CANM911 7.5 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />

Imaging CANM908 7.5 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />

182


Programme Title:<br />

Module Title<br />

Genomic Approaches to Human<br />

Disease<br />

Module<br />

Code<br />

Credits<br />

Level<br />

Module<br />

Selection<br />

Status<br />

<strong>Academic</strong><br />

Year of<br />

Study<br />

TPB2011-027<br />

Semester<br />

CANM920 7.5 7 Elective 1 Semester 2<br />

Project CANM913 60 7 Compulsory 1 Semester 3<br />

What Are the Entry Requirements?<br />

The course is open to graduate scientists, nurses, clinicians <strong>and</strong> other professionals allied to medicine working in healthcare, the<br />

pharmaceutical industry or contract research organisations.<br />

For admission to the programme students will need either;<br />

• a good degree (2i or above, or 2ii with extenuating circumstances confirmed by an academic referee) or degree equivalent<br />

from a recognised academic institution<br />

or<br />

• an appropriate professional qualification.<br />

Additional post-degree experience or qualifications can also me taken into consideration.<br />

Students for whom English is a second language will also require a minimum IELTS 7 or TOEFL 610 score.<br />

The course is also offered as an Intercalated Masters degree for MBBS students who have satisfactorily completed at least 3 years<br />

of their undergraduate degree. (This is currently only available to external students, not to those studying for an MBBS at QMUL).<br />

Other factors contributing to selection for entry to the course will be;<br />

• previous educational qualifications<br />

• work <strong>and</strong> research experience<br />

• the reasons for taking the course<br />

• future career <strong>and</strong>/or research plans<br />

• letters of recommendation.<br />

In addition to the above, students taking the course as a Distance Learning option will need access to computer <strong>and</strong> internet<br />

facilities, <strong>and</strong> will need to be within reasonable travelling distance of a British <strong>Council</strong> test centre or partner university to sit<br />

invigilated examinations.<br />

How Do We Listen <strong>and</strong> Act on Your Feedback?<br />

The programme is continuously quality-reviewed by an MSc management body which includes the Course Director, module<br />

leads, teaching administrators <strong>and</strong> student representatives. This body therefore acts as a Staff-Student Liason Committee,<br />

facilitating formal feedback from student representatives on any non-academic issue relevant to the course.<br />

In addition, all students provide feedback on individual lecture <strong>and</strong> module content <strong>and</strong> delivery, using anonymous web-based<br />

assessments. As a result, changes are made to the course based on the formal <strong>and</strong> anonymised student feedback.<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Support<br />

Students are encouraged to interact with academic staff during classroom teaching to foster a tutorial-like learning environment.<br />

183


Programme Title:<br />

TPB2011-027<br />

Members of the teaching staff, (typically the module lead <strong>and</strong> 1 other), mark all assessed work <strong>and</strong> provide written feedback on<br />

the in-course assessments. Students are able to view that written feedback at any time. Indeed, in semester 1 feedback is given<br />

on research Skills practical write-ups within 1-2 weeks of submission to enable students to incorporate that feedback into their<br />

subsequent write-ups. Feedback on progress <strong>and</strong> performance is given to students individually at the end of each semester by<br />

the Course Director, with the proviso that all marks are provisional until confirmed by the relevant examination boards.<br />

If a student is having difficulty with a particular module, topic or practical, additional teaching support can be provided. Students<br />

also have access to named personal mentors who can advise on areas in which the student may be having difficulty, or an issues<br />

such as post-course employment .<br />

Programme-specific Rules <strong>and</strong> Facts<br />

The academic regulations relating to the programme are those used by the College, except for marks required for an MSc with<br />

Distinction, where the following applies:<br />

Distinction award - College mark of 70% or more with a mark for the Project module of 70% or more.<br />

Specific Support for Disabled Students<br />

<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> has a central Disability <strong>and</strong> Dyslexia Service (DDS) that offers support for all students with disabilities, specific<br />

learning difficulties <strong>and</strong> mental health issues. The DDS supports all <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> students: full-time, part-time, undergraduate,<br />

postgraduate, UK <strong>and</strong> international at all campuses <strong>and</strong> all sites.<br />

Students can access advice, guidance <strong>and</strong> support in the following areas:<br />

• Finding out if you have a specific learning difficulty like dyslexia<br />

• Applying for funding through the Disabled Students' Allowance (DSA)<br />

• Arranging DSA assessments of need<br />

• Special arrangements in examinations<br />

• Accessing loaned equipment (e.g. digital recorders)<br />

• Specialist one-to-one "study skills" tuition<br />

• Ensuring access to course materials in alternative formats (e.g. Braille)<br />

• Providing educational support workers (e.g. note-takers, readers, library assistants)<br />

• Mentoring support for students with mental health issues <strong>and</strong> conditions on the autistic spectrum.<br />

Links With Employers, Placement Opportunities <strong>and</strong> Transferable Skills<br />

On completion our students will have the theoretical <strong>and</strong> practical background to go into further laboratory or clinical research,<br />

or into various aspects of cancer drug development <strong>and</strong> clinical evaluation in the context of early phase trials.<br />

Our graduate destinations include: PhD studentships (internal <strong>and</strong> external to the Institute), medical school, clinical trials<br />

research positions, laboratory research technicians, research assistants.<br />

Students also take this course as part of their Continuing Professional Development while employed by the National Health<br />

Service (pharmacists, radiographers <strong>and</strong> clinical trials assistants) or by pharmaceutical companies. International students also<br />

take the DL version of the course as part of their Continuing Professional Development, particularly those training in Medical<br />

Oncology.<br />

184


Programme Title:<br />

TPB2011-027<br />

Programme Specification Approval<br />

Person completing Programme Specification<br />

Simon Joel <strong>and</strong> Kaye Yeung<br />

Person responsible for management of programme Simon Joel <strong>and</strong> Kaye Yeung<br />

Date Programme Specification produced/amended<br />

by School Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching Committee<br />

Date Programme Specification approved by<br />

Taught Programmes Board<br />

185


TPB2011-028<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />

<strong>Paper</strong> Title<br />

Owning School /<br />

Institute<br />

Executive Summary<br />

MA History of Political Thought <strong>and</strong> Intellectual History<br />

Regulations<br />

School of History<br />

Following a review of the relationship <strong>and</strong> Memor<strong>and</strong>um of<br />

Agreement with University College London in regards to the<br />

MA History of Political Thought <strong>and</strong> Intellectual History<br />

programme, it has been agreed that the special regulations<br />

should be published the <strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> <strong>Academic</strong> Regulations.<br />

The changes to condoned failure <strong>and</strong> classification will apply<br />

from the 2012/13 academic year onwards.<br />

Outcome Requested<br />

Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider <strong>and</strong><br />

approve the following joint regulations for the MA History of<br />

Political Thought <strong>and</strong> Intellectual History programme.<br />

<strong>Paper</strong> Author<br />

Ken Chow<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>and</strong> Quality Officer<br />

186


TPB2011-028<br />

MA/PGDip/PGCert in History of Political Thought <strong>and</strong> Intellectual<br />

History<br />

Partner institution: University College London<br />

Introduction<br />

The MA in History of Political Thought <strong>and</strong> Intellectual History shall follow the<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ard QMUL regulations except in the following particulars.<br />

Condoned failure (2011/12 cohort <strong>and</strong> earlier)<br />

The examination board may condone failure in the taught component of modules up<br />

to a maximum value of 30 credits (MA/PGDip) or 15 credits (PGCert), where:<br />

i) a student achieves a module mark of 30.0 or higher; <strong>and</strong>,<br />

ii) the student achieves an average mark of 50.0 or higher across all modules.<br />

Condoned failure (2012/13 cohort onwards)<br />

The examination board may condone failure in the taught component of modules up<br />

to a maximum value of 30 credits (MA/PGDip) or 15 credits (PGCert), where:<br />

i) a student achieves a module mark of 40.0 or higher; <strong>and</strong>,<br />

ii) the student achieves an average mark of 50.0 or higher across all modules.<br />

Resits<br />

Where a student resits a module <strong>and</strong> fails, the resit mark shall st<strong>and</strong> (rather than the<br />

best fail).<br />

Classification (2011/12 cohort <strong>and</strong> earlier)<br />

College Mark Dissertation mark Classification<br />

70.0 or higher 65.0 or higher Distinction<br />

60.0 or higher - Merit<br />

50.0 or higher - Pass<br />

Classification (2012/13 cohort onwards)<br />

The MA in History of Political Thought <strong>and</strong> Intellectual History shall be classified as<br />

follows:<br />

College Mark Dissertation mark Other criteria Classification<br />

70.0 or higher 70.0 or higher No condoned failures Distinction<br />

No resits<br />

60.0 or higher 65.0 or higher No condoned failures Merit<br />

No resits<br />

50.0 or higher - - Pass<br />

187


TPB2011-029<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />

Nature of proposal(s)<br />

Owning School /<br />

Institute<br />

Title of Proposal(s)<br />

being considered<br />

Outcome requested<br />

Collaborative Proposal<br />

Study Abroad & Exchanges Office<br />

Collaborative proposal for an exchange agreement with the<br />

University of Western Australia<br />

The Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider<br />

<strong>and</strong> approve the proposed partner institution. Due Diligence<br />

<strong>and</strong> Risk Assessment Forms are attached.<br />

Should any conditions or recommendations be attached to the<br />

approval arising from discussion at the Board these will be<br />

clearly stipulated in the TPB minutes <strong>and</strong> relayed to the<br />

proposer<br />

Potential issues<br />

identified <strong>and</strong><br />

comments on the<br />

proposal(s) from<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />

Nature of collaboration: An undergraduate exchange<br />

agreement: up to 4 FTEs will be exchanged annually (1<br />

semester exchange student being 0.5 FTE). Incoming<br />

students will enter QMUL's Study Abroad programme <strong>and</strong> will<br />

be admitted <strong>and</strong> administered centrally through the<br />

programme. The exchange will be open to all QMUL students<br />

except those on SMD <strong>and</strong> Law programmes.<br />

Comments on the partner: The Risk Assessment <strong>and</strong> Due<br />

Diligence process indicate low levels of risk. UWA is a high<br />

quality partner <strong>and</strong> the agreement with them will raise the QM<br />

profile in Australia where QM currently has only one<br />

partnership with the University of Melbourne. This additional<br />

agreement would increase QM potential for attracting PG<br />

students from the wider pacific <strong>and</strong> South East Asian region.<br />

QMSE: strategic approval of the proposal was given by<br />

QMSE at its meeting on 10 January.<br />

Next steps: following TPB approval, the Memor<strong>and</strong>um of<br />

Agreement (already provided with the documentation) will be<br />

prepared for signing by the Principal <strong>and</strong> the Vice-Chancellor<br />

of UWA.<br />

No significant issues identified.<br />

Author<br />

Raluca Vasiliu-McIver<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>and</strong> Quality Officer<br />

188


Information Sheet<br />

CONTACT DETAILS<br />

Name of University:<br />

The University of Western Australia<br />

Office dealing with study abroad/exchange matters:<br />

Study Abroad Office<br />

Mailing address:<br />

Study Abroad Office<br />

International Centre, M352<br />

The University of Western Australia<br />

35 Stirling Highway<br />

Crawley 6907<br />

AUSTRALIA<br />

Street address: (For courier delivery)<br />

As Above<br />

Contact details of staff in Exchange/International Office<br />

Mr Kelly Smith<br />

Ms Milly Ingate<br />

Director<br />

Associate Director<br />

International Centre<br />

Regional Manager (North America <strong>and</strong> Europe )<br />

Tel: +61 8 6488 1853<br />

Manager, Student Exchange <strong>and</strong> Study Abroad<br />

Fax: +61 8 6488 1129<br />

Tel: +61 8 6488 3537<br />

kelly.g.smith@uwa.edu.au<br />

Fax: +61 8 9382 4071<br />

milly.ingate@uwa.edu.au<br />

Ms Serena Young<br />

Study Abroad Adviser (Europe Incoming & Outgoing)<br />

Tel: +61 8 6488 3536<br />

Fax: +61 8 9382 4071<br />

serena.young@uwa.edu.au<br />

Mrs Sarah Kahle<br />

Promotion & Student Liaison Officer<br />

Canada (Incoming <strong>and</strong> Outgoing)<br />

Tel: +61 8 6488 4612<br />

Fax: +61 8 9382 4071<br />

sarah.kahle@uwa.edu.au<br />

Ms Carolyn Wood<br />

Study Abroad Adviser (Rest of the world Incoming &<br />

Outgoing)<br />

Tel: +61 8 6488 2298<br />

Fax: +61 8 9382 4071<br />

Carolyn.wood@uwa.edu.au<br />

Ms Jessica Gordon<br />

Study Abroad Assistant<br />

Tel: +61 8 6488 8199<br />

Fax: +61 8 9382 4071<br />

Jessica.gordon@uwa.edu.au<br />

Email address that exchange applicants can direct their enquiries to:<br />

studyabroad@uwa.edu.au<br />

After Hours Emergency Contact<br />

If outside of normal working hours, please contact +61 8 6488 2222<br />

Website for more information<br />

http://www.studyat.uwa.edu.au/study-abroad-<strong>and</strong>-exchange<br />

GENERAL INFORMATION<br />

General information<br />

Established in 1911, UWA is Western Australia's oldest university <strong>and</strong> one of Australia’s most prestigious educational<br />

institutions.<br />

First-time visitors to the campus will find UWA’s impressive architecture <strong>and</strong> beautifully l<strong>and</strong>scaped gardens breathtaking.<br />

UWA's riverside campus, only minutes from the city centre offers an unrivalled study experience. Students have<br />

access to libraries, an extensive range of campus services, <strong>and</strong> excellent sports <strong>and</strong> recreational facilities to balance<br />

the dem<strong>and</strong>s of study. Activities include sports such as tennis, squash, basketball, volleyball <strong>and</strong> aerobics, general<br />

interest clubs <strong>and</strong> societies, cafes, theatres <strong>and</strong> museums.<br />

The University of Western Australia is a member of the Group of 8 in Australia (see http://www.go8.edu.au/), has<br />

achieved top ratings in the Good Universities Guide, consistently attracts the State’s top school-leavers, <strong>and</strong> has<br />

received one of the highest allocations of research funds for the nation.<br />

In 2010, UWA enrolled 81.4% of the State’s top 5% of school-leavers <strong>and</strong> 76.8% of the top 10% of school leavers who<br />

enrolled at Western Australian universities.<br />

189<br />

1


<strong>Academic</strong> Calendar (2011)<br />

First semester:<br />

Teaching: 28 February – 3 June<br />

Examinations: 6 June – 25 June (includes 1 week study break)<br />

Non-teaching Study Break: 25 April – 29 April<br />

Second Semester:<br />

Teaching: 1 August – November 4<br />

Examinations: 7 November – 26 November (includes 1 week study break)<br />

Non-teaching Study Break: 26 September – 30 September<br />

Trimester Dates (MBA Only)<br />

First Trimester:<br />

Teaching: 24 January – 21 April<br />

Examinations: 25 April – 30 April<br />

Second Trimester<br />

Teaching: 16 May – 5 August<br />

Examinations: 8 August – 12 August<br />

Third Trimester<br />

Teaching: 29 August – 18 November<br />

Examinations: 21 November – 25 November<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> Calendar (2012)<br />

2012 - Principal Dates<br />

First Semester<br />

Teaching: 27 February – 1 June<br />

Examinations: 2 – 23 June (Including 1 week study break)<br />

Non-teaching Study Break: 9 April - 15 April<br />

Second Semester:<br />

Teaching: 30 July - 2 November<br />

Examinations: 10 November - 25 November<br />

Non-teaching study break - 24 September - September 28<br />

Trimester Dates (MBA Only)<br />

First Trimester<br />

Teaching: January 21 - April 20<br />

Examinations: April 21 – April 28<br />

Second Trimester<br />

Teaching: May 12 - August 3<br />

Examinations: August 4 - August 11<br />

Third Trimester<br />

August 25 - November 16<br />

Examinations: November 17 - November 24<br />

Number of credits or units that undergraduate students need to complete in one semester<br />

St<strong>and</strong>ard academic load per semester: 24 points<br />

Undergraduates should enrol in 24 points credit points per semester<br />

Postgraduates should enrol in 24 points credit points per semester<br />

Most units (courses) have a value of 6 credit points<br />

190<br />

2


<strong>Academic</strong> Information:<br />

• Degree Information (Website or Program H<strong>and</strong>book): http://h<strong>and</strong>books.uwa.edu.au/ - go to “Units Home” for<br />

unit selections.<br />

• Unit (courses) Registration Procedure (Website if any): Pre-enrolment is not available at UWA, however<br />

classes do not normally fill up. You may request prior approval of units by completing a Proposed Study List. An<br />

Approved Study List will be sent to you, normally prior to your departure. A place in approved units is normally<br />

guaranteed provided the unit is still available. You may change your unit selection at any time prior to formal<br />

enrolment. Formal enrolment takes place during Orientation. You will be assigned to a course adviser who will be<br />

available during the enrolment session to assist with your selection of units. Dropping <strong>and</strong> adding of units will be<br />

fully explained during Orientation.<br />

• Class Format: Lectures, plus tutorials/labs<br />

• Grading:<br />

80- 100 High Distinction (HD)<br />

70-79 Distinction (D)<br />

60-69 Credit Pass (CR<br />

50-59 Pass (P)<br />

45-49 Fail (N+)<br />

0-44 Fail (N)<br />

• Average Course Load per semester: 24 points (4 units [courses])<br />

Number of credits or units required for completion of first (or equivalent of Bachelor’s) degree<br />

This varies depending on the Degree, please see<br />

http://courses.h<strong>and</strong>books.uwa.edu.au/courses?section=finder&finder=12,25&title=Bachelor's+Degrees<br />

Is pre-registration available to exchange students? If not when does registration take place?<br />

No – however students can obtain an Approved Study list prior to their arrival which expedites the enrolment process.<br />

(See above Unit Registration Procedure)<br />

Are exchange students guaranteed placement in courses nominated?<br />

(See above Unit Registration Procedure)<br />

Language of instruction<br />

The language of instruction is English.<br />

Are there any special language courses for exchange students?<br />

Yes. UWA offers two English language credit bearing units - English<br />

Language <strong>and</strong> <strong>Academic</strong> Communication (HUMA 1101 <strong>and</strong> HUMA1102), which will focus on English<br />

language <strong>and</strong> academic communication skills for tertiary study. These units have been designed to meet<br />

the immediate needs of Study Abroad <strong>and</strong> exchange students entering the UWA for linguistic <strong>and</strong> cultural<br />

immersion. The units offer eligible students guided English language development within their program of<br />

study. Each unit has a value of one quarter (6 points) of a normal semester load (24<br />

points). The units may be studied concurrently, as independent units or as sequential units.<br />

Entry points are:<br />

IELTS 6.0 (no b<strong>and</strong> score below 6.0)<br />

Internet-based TOEFL 77<br />

Computer-based TOEFL 210<br />

<strong>Paper</strong>-based TOEFL 540<br />

Cambridge Certificate in Advanced English with C grade<br />

UWA Bridging Course: C+ grade<br />

Other not for credit English courses are available, please refer to the Centre for English Language Teaching. These<br />

courses are not covered within the terms of the Agreement <strong>and</strong> will incur tuition fees. For further information<br />

http://www.celt.uwa.edu.au/welcome/about_celt<br />

The Centre offers a variety of courses including General English, <strong>Academic</strong> English, <strong>and</strong> Examination Preparation (for<br />

TOEFL, IELTS, Cambridge, TOEIC).<br />

191<br />

3


Exchange-related information<br />

Level<br />

Undergraduate & Postgraduate (depending on terms of the agreement)<br />

Duration of Exchange<br />

Minimum: 1 Semester or trimester<br />

Maximum: 2 Semesters or 3 trimesters<br />

Restricted programs or courses (not open to exchange students)<br />

Depends on terms of the agreement. If the Agreement is Faculty-based, students may only be exchanged within the<br />

relevant faculties as specified within the terms of the Agreement. If the Agreement is a University to University<br />

Agreement, students may be exchanged within all faculties. Students may apply for any unit which is part of a<br />

st<strong>and</strong>ard course of study except for courses within the Faculty of Medicine <strong>and</strong> Dentistry.<br />

Other courses may be restricted <strong>and</strong> some units may also be quota restricted.<br />

Are there specific admission requirements for students?<br />

Yes:<br />

Undergraduate Students: One year of tertiary study at a recognised institution at the time of application, with an<br />

overall weighted average equivalent to 65% on the UWA Grading Scale. Agreed equivalent is outlined within the<br />

Terms of the Agreement.<br />

Postgraduate students: You must have completed a first degree in order to take classes at a postgraduate level.<br />

Units taken within the MBA program require the completion of a Bachelors degree <strong>and</strong> 2 years minimum Management<br />

experience (or equivalent work experience).<br />

All students must satisfy UWA's st<strong>and</strong>ard English language competency requirements. See below.<br />

Services available to exchange students<br />

Exchange students have access to same services <strong>and</strong> facilities as full-degree students. Please see Campus Facilities:<br />

Student Services http://www.studentservices.uwa.edu.au/<br />

About UWA http://www.uwa.edu.au<br />

UWA Sports http://www.sport.uwa.edu.au/<br />

Guild http://www.guild.uwa.edu.au/<br />

Application deadlines<br />

Nominations should be made by 1 April for study commencing in Semester 2 (July - November) <strong>and</strong> 30 November for<br />

study commencing in Semester 1 (February - June).<br />

Supporting documents for applications should be received by 1 May for Semester 2 <strong>and</strong> 31 December for Semester 1,<br />

however late applications will be considered if there is enough processing time available.<br />

Are application materials available online?<br />

Exchange partners are required to nominate to UWA first, <strong>and</strong> then students will receive an email with password <strong>and</strong><br />

instructions for completing the online application<br />

Nominations should be made by 1 April for study commencing in Semester 2 (July - November) <strong>and</strong> 30 November for<br />

study commencing in Semester 1 (February - June).<br />

To nominate a student, please email the following details:-<br />

‣ First Name<br />

‣ Surname<br />

‣ Gender<br />

‣ Date of Birth<br />

‣ Level of Study (1 st year, 2 nd year etc)<br />

‣ Duration (1 or 2 semesters, or other for graduate research, MBA etc)<br />

‣ Student email address<br />

‣ Exchange / Study Abroad<br />

Level of English proficiency requirement<br />

TOEFL with an Essay Rating/TWE of 4.5 <strong>and</strong> either 230 (Computer-based) or 570 (<strong>Paper</strong>-based) score,<br />

TOEFL Internet-based requires a score of 90 with a minimum score of 22 in the Writing section <strong>and</strong> no less<br />

than 20 in the other sections.<br />

192<br />

4


IELTS: overall score of 6.5 with no individual component less than 6.0<br />

<br />

<br />

For all other qualifications, including acceptable qualifications for Swedish, Danish, Finnish, Dutch, Norwegian<br />

<strong>and</strong> German students please refer to http://www.studyat.uwa.edu.au/undergraduate/admission/english<br />

Please note that some faculties may request higher scores.<br />

Other English language qualifications not listed above will be assessed on an individual basis.<br />

See also above Special English Language courses for linguistic <strong>and</strong> cultural immersion students.<br />

English Language Bridging courses<br />

English Language Bridging courses (fee-paying) are available (see http://www.celt.uwa.edu.au/courses/pathways).<br />

Provided that students meet the academic requirements for entry, students applying for entry as Study Abroad or<br />

Exchange will be issued with a Letter of Offer conditional upon the results of the English Language Bridging course.<br />

The HUMA courses mentioned above are also offered.<br />

Supporting documents required to be submitted with exchange application<br />

Most recent <strong>Academic</strong> transcript<br />

Printed online application with Declaration signed <strong>and</strong> dated.<br />

Evidence of English Language Competency (if applicable)<br />

In some cases, if the GPA falls marginally below the minimum required, we will also request:-<br />

2 x academic references<br />

1 x statement of motivation<br />

1 x letter of support from home university / international office<br />

Arrival / Orientation program<br />

Recommended arrival dates<br />

Your students should arrive a day or two before Orientation if housing has already been pre-arranged. Students who<br />

have not secured any housing are recommended to arrive at least two weeks prior to the commencement of classes.<br />

Is airport pick-up service available?<br />

A 24 hour airport pick-up service is available free of charge if you have applied for permanent or<br />

temporary housing in one of the University Residential Colleges, or if your final destination on arrival<br />

is within the university precinct (Nedl<strong>and</strong>s, Crawley, Subiaco, Shenton Park or the Perth CBD).<br />

Is orientation program available?<br />

Yes<br />

If yes, when will it be held?<br />

Orientation program for Semester 2, 2011 – Will begin Monday 25th July<br />

Orientation program for Semester 1, 2012 – Will begin on Tuesday February 14th<br />

Cost of orientation program (if any)<br />

Not Applicable, however optional excursions will incur a small fee.<br />

Accommodation<br />

Is university-administered accommodation available to exchange students?<br />

Yes. Please go to http://www.housing.uwa.edu.au/on-campus for links to Residential Colleges<br />

Is accommodation guaranteed for exchange students? Please include any conditions for guarantee.<br />

No<br />

193<br />

5


If university accommodation is available, do students send accommodation applications to your office <strong>and</strong><br />

where to obtain the application materials apply through the exchange office??<br />

Accommodation applications can be downloaded from the residential college websites. Students usually send their<br />

housing applications direct to the residential college, though if they are included with the exchange application, we will<br />

forward it to the college requested. Housing is competitive <strong>and</strong> it is recommended that applications for housing are<br />

submitted as early as possible – your students do not need to wait until they receive an Offer from the Study Abroad<br />

Office.<br />

Will accommodation material be provided by the Exchange Office?<br />

Yes<br />

If students are required to submit accommodation applications to a separate office, please advise the<br />

application procedures.<br />

Please go to http://www.housing.uwa.edu.au/on-campus for links to Residential Colleges as application process may<br />

vary.<br />

Is accommodation available over semester breaks? If yes, any additional charges?<br />

Please go to http://www.housing.uwa.edu.au/on-campus for links to Residential Colleges as it may vary with each<br />

Residential College.<br />

If university-administered accommodation is not available, will there be any assistance in finding private<br />

housing?<br />

Students will be directed to the Housing Service of Student Services. The Housing Service offers a free <strong>and</strong><br />

confidential accommodation advisory support service to enrolled students. Housing Officers do not arrange<br />

accommodation students but can only provide advice <strong>and</strong> information <strong>and</strong> manage the Housing Database, which is a<br />

self serve facility allowing enrolled students to view property listings <strong>and</strong> make their selections accordingly. A number of<br />

properties (either on a vacant or share basis) <strong>and</strong> rooms available for rent in homes in surrounding areas are listed in<br />

the Housing Database. Students may then access the information <strong>and</strong> contact owners or lessees directly to arrange a<br />

viewing.<br />

http://www.housing.uwa.edu.au/off-campus<br />

Visa requirements<br />

Are exchange students required to obtain a student visa?<br />

Yes. Some students from eligible countries may be able to apply for a Working Holiday Visa (WHV). See below.<br />

Are exchange students allowed to work?<br />

On campus:<br />

Off campus:<br />

Yes (20 hours per week)<br />

Yes (20 hours per week)<br />

Is a special visa required for work?<br />

No, the Student Visa includes the right to work.<br />

Working Holiday Visa (WHV)<br />

Instead of a Student Visa, students may be eligible to apply for a Working Holiday Visa (WHV) Please see the following<br />

website for the different categories <strong>and</strong> conditions of a WHV: http://www.immi.gov.au/visitors/working-holiday/visaoptions.htm.<br />

if students come to UWA on a WHV they should be aware of the following -<br />

Students are not entitled to Overseas Student Health Cover (OSHC)but must accept the responsibility to<br />

arrange their own health insurance <strong>and</strong> acknowledge that they must cover their own expenses while in<br />

Australia<br />

Students will not be covered by the Education for Overseas Students (ESOS) Act which protects the interests of<br />

overseas students studying in Australia. Further information about how ESOS protects overseas students is<br />

194<br />

6


available at: http://www.international.uwa.edu.au/studentnet/esos<br />

Medical Insurance<br />

Are exchange students required to purchase a compulsory plan? If yes, please provide details:<br />

Yes.<br />

Overseas Student Health Cover is an Australian Student Visa requirement.<br />

Costs are (2011 premium)<br />

AUD$420-450 for 1 year <strong>and</strong><br />

AUD$210 for 6 months<br />

More information can be found at www.oshcworldcare.com.au<br />

Students from Sweden (covered by CSN) <strong>and</strong> Norway do not have to purchase the additional insurance.<br />

Are exchange students able to apply for an insurance waiver if they have their own insurance coverage?<br />

No. OSHC is an Australian Government requirement.<br />

Estimated expenses per semester/term (in local currency)<br />

University-administered accommodation<br />

Please go to http://www.studyat.uwa.edu.au/unilife/costs<br />

Private accommodation<br />

Please go to http://www.studyat.uwa.edu.au/unilife/costs<br />

There are establishment costs of two weeks rent in advance, four weeks rent as bond, a letting fee <strong>and</strong> connection fees<br />

for electricity, gas <strong>and</strong> telephone. Most rental leases will require a commitment of at least 26 weeks (6 months).<br />

Food/Meals<br />

Local Transportation<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> expenses (e.g. books, fieldtrips, etc.)<br />

Personal expenses<br />

Please see - http://www.studyat.uwa.edu.au/unilife/costs<br />

Any fees other than tuition (e.g. student services)<br />

$60 per semester amenities <strong>and</strong> services fee (voluntary) – see<br />

http://www.studentadmin.uwa.edu.au/welcome/fees/amenities_&_services_fee<br />

Housing application fee - Students who apply to the residential colleges will need to pay an application fee of AU$60.<br />

195<br />

7


<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Collaborative Provision<br />

Risk Assessment Form<br />

The following types of collaborative proposals require the Risk Assessment:<br />

Articulation <strong>and</strong> Progression Agreements<br />

Single Taught Award<br />

Split-site research degree programmes<br />

Study Abroad Agreement<br />

Joint/Dual Award Agreement<br />

TTInsert Name<br />

University of Western Australia<br />

The Context<br />

Student Language<br />

Description Score Tick one in each<br />

category<br />

English first language (UK or overseas) 1<br />

English second language (UK-based) 2<br />

English second language (overseas) 3<br />

Cultural <strong>and</strong> educational context<br />

UK 1<br />

EU 2<br />

US/Canada/Australia/NZ 2<br />

Other 3<br />

The Proposed Partner<br />

Status<br />

Publicly funded University<br />

0<br />

approved/supported)<br />

Privately-funded University 1<br />

Public funded FE College 2<br />

Private College or Education Provider 3<br />

Public/private organisation – main function 4<br />

not education, but substantial education<br />

provision<br />

Resources<br />

Well resourced large organisation 1<br />

Well resourced small organisation 2<br />

Any size with limited resources 3<br />

196


Role of partner in delivery<br />

Administrative support (for distance or e- 1<br />

learning)<br />

Study support (for distance or e-learning) 2<br />

Delivery of teaching & assessment 3<br />

Partner’s expertise in this field<br />

At this level 1<br />

At lower level 2<br />

None 3<br />

Partner’s previous collaboration with UK (or other) HEIs<br />

At this level 1<br />

At lower level 2<br />

None 3<br />

The Proposed Programme<br />

Collaborative ‘history’<br />

Established collaborative programme 1<br />

Established at QMUL only 2<br />

New programme 3<br />

HEQF level<br />

Level 3 1<br />

Level 4,5,6 2<br />

Level 7,8,9 3<br />

QA processes of partner institution<br />

Defined/comparable 1<br />

Defined/some level of concern 2<br />

Not known 3<br />

Total Score 13<br />

Add up the individual scores: 1 = low risk; 2-3 = medium risk; 4 = high risk<br />

Overall risk scores: 10 – 15 = low; 16 -21 = medium; 22 – 31 = High<br />

The overall total score of any proposal will lie between 9 (min) <strong>and</strong> 31 (max),<br />

with 9 – 15 regarded as ‘low risk’; 16 – 21 as ‘medium risk’; <strong>and</strong> 22 – 31 as ‘high risk’.<br />

Note:<br />

Proposals with high risk assessment scores will require careful consideration <strong>and</strong><br />

scrutiny before a decision to proceed is given.<br />

In addition to completion of the Collaborative Risk Assessment Form, QMUL staff<br />

or students proposing to travel to the partner institution's country should consult<br />

QM policy on safe business travel <strong>and</strong> emergency procedures which you can find<br />

on the Procurement web pages on http://connect.qmul.ac.uk/travel/index.html<br />

197


TPB2011-030<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2012<br />

Nature of proposal(s)<br />

Owning School /<br />

Institute<br />

Title of Proposal(s)<br />

being considered<br />

Outcome requested<br />

Collaborative Proposal<br />

International Office (Study Abroad & Exchanges)<br />

Collaborative proposal for an exchange <strong>and</strong> study abroad<br />

agreement with the University of Illinois at Urbana-<br />

Champaign (UIUC)<br />

The Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to consider<br />

<strong>and</strong> approve the proposed partner institution. Due Diligence<br />

<strong>and</strong> Risk Assessment Forms are attached.<br />

Should any conditions or recommendations be attached to the<br />

approval arising from discussion at the Board these will be<br />

clearly stipulated in the TPB minutes <strong>and</strong> relayed to the<br />

proposer<br />

Potential issues<br />

identified <strong>and</strong><br />

comments on the<br />

proposal(s) from<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />

Nature of collaboration: An undergraduate Exchange <strong>and</strong><br />

Study Abroad agreement commencing in the academic year<br />

2013/14. Participating QM students will do so through the<br />

QMUL International Exchange Programme. Incoming<br />

students will be admitted <strong>and</strong> administered centrally through<br />

the Study Abroad programme. UIUC students on a fee-paying<br />

basis are already expected in January 2012. The exchange<br />

will be open to all QM students except those on SMD <strong>and</strong> Law<br />

programmes.<br />

Comments on the partner: UIUC is a high ranking US<br />

institution with a great academic compatibility with QM <strong>and</strong><br />

considered to be a highly suitable international partner for the<br />

College. It enjoys a particularly strong reputation in science<br />

<strong>and</strong> engineering. UIUC will provide an excellent academic <strong>and</strong><br />

pastoral environment for QM outgoing students. It is expected<br />

that UIUC will be a desirable destination for students in<br />

science <strong>and</strong> engineering, currently under-represented in our<br />

outgoing exchange cohort. The Risk Assessment <strong>and</strong> Due<br />

Diligence process indicate low levels of risk.<br />

QMSE: strategic approval of the proposal is being sought<br />

through QMSE at its meeting on 24 January.<br />

Next steps: Documentation for the Memor<strong>and</strong>um of<br />

Agreement is already at an advanced stage. Following TPB<br />

approval, this will be prepared for signature by the Principal<br />

<strong>and</strong> the Chancellor of UIUC.<br />

198


TPB2011-030<br />

No particular issues indentified.<br />

Author<br />

Raluca Vasiliu-McIver<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> St<strong>and</strong>ards <strong>and</strong> Quality Officer<br />

199


Due Diligence Check-List<br />

The purpose of the due diligence process is that the College can be satisfied about the good st<strong>and</strong>ing of the<br />

prospective partner <strong>and</strong> of its capacity to fulfil its designated role in the proposed arrangement. QMUL will only<br />

enter into partnerships with institutions of equal st<strong>and</strong>ing which will enhance its academic reputation. In some<br />

cases a Risk Assessment Form may also be required (please refer to the Collaborative approval table).<br />

Where there is more than one partner please provide a complete set of information for each on separate<br />

sheets. If drawing from web pages please insert link.<br />

By hovering over the blank boxes with your cursor further guidance will be displayed to aid completion.<br />

1. Name, address <strong>and</strong> web site of proposed partner organisation<br />

Name<br />

Address<br />

Web site<br />

The University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign<br />

901 West Illinois Street, Urbana, IL 61801, USA<br />

http://illinois.edu/<br />

2. Details <strong>and</strong> Title of contact at proposed partner organisation<br />

Name<br />

Role<br />

Mr Jerome Ng<br />

Assistant Director, Student International <strong>Academic</strong> Affairs <strong>and</strong> the Study Abroad Office<br />

Telephone Number +1 (217) 333-6322<br />

E-mail Address<br />

jeromeng@illinois.edu<br />

3. Details of Head of Institution/Signatory<br />

Name <strong>and</strong> Title<br />

Position<br />

Phylis . Wse<br />

Chancellor<br />

4. What is the status of the proposed partner organisation (please select as appropriate)<br />

HEI with degree awarding powers International Other (please state)<br />

HEI without degree awarding powers<br />

Further Education College<br />

Private training provider or company<br />

Research Institute<br />

Agent<br />

Other (please state)<br />

Other (please state)<br />

Other (please state)<br />

Other (please state)<br />

Other (please state)<br />

5. Written statement describing the legal status of the partner institution. Please include the basis on<br />

which the organisation has the authority/legal right to enter into collaborative partnerships.<br />

200


Established in 1867 as a l<strong>and</strong> grant university, The University of Illinois is a public research university, ultimately responsible to<br />

the citizens of Illinois <strong>and</strong> the Illinois General Assembly. Authority over the University is held by a Board of Trustees. A president is<br />

the chief executive officer for the university system, <strong>and</strong> each of three campuses is headed by a chancellor, vice chancellors who<br />

have campuswide responsibilities, <strong>and</strong> other administrators whose duties are delegated by the chancellor.<br />

6. Partner institution's Mission Statement, where available; any significant future developments (if<br />

known).<br />

We serve the state, the nation, <strong>and</strong> the world by creating knowledge, preparing students for lives of impact, <strong>and</strong> addressing<br />

critical societal needs through the transfer <strong>and</strong> application of knowledge.<br />

http://illinois.edu/about/about.html<br />

7. St<strong>and</strong>ing in relevant national <strong>and</strong> international league tables. For non-UK institutions: is the<br />

proposed partner subject to the scrutiny of national governments, external agencies/organisations? If<br />

yes, what has been the published outcome of such scrutiny (please provide web addresses if<br />

applicable). Evidence of the st<strong>and</strong>ing could be based on information published by organisations such<br />

as the British <strong>Council</strong>, National <strong>Academic</strong> Recognition Information Centre (NARIC), the Organisation for<br />

Economic Co-operation <strong>and</strong> Development (OECD) or in the in the following league tables:<br />

• Times Higher Education World University Rankings<br />

• QS World University Rankings (Quacquarelli Sydmonds)<br />

• <strong>Academic</strong> Ranking of World Universities (ARWU)<br />

• The Times Good University Guide<br />

• The Guardian University Guide<br />

If the proposed collaboration is at subject level, subject level rankings should also be provided if<br />

available.<br />

U.S.News & World Report: In its 2012 rankings, U.S.News & World Report's America's Best Colleges rated Illinois as the number 13<br />

public university <strong>and</strong> the number 45 national university.<br />

In 2010, The Times Higher Education World University Rankings list Illinois as 33rd in the world, 8th among American public<br />

universities.<br />

The Wall Street Journal ranks Illinois 3rd nationally (September, 2010) in terms of quality of undergraduates, as reported by<br />

corporate recruiters.<br />

In 2010, the Institute for Higher Education at Shanghai Jiao Tong University ranked Illinois as the 25th best university in the<br />

world <strong>and</strong> the 19th best university in America.<br />

Illinois ranks 47th in the world in the 2010 High Impact Universities ranking based upon research performance (http://www.<br />

highimpactuniversities.com/rpi.html)<br />

The <strong>Academic</strong> Ranking of World Universities (ARWU) ranks the University of Illinois as 25th in the World (2010); 4th World rank in<br />

Engineering/Technology <strong>and</strong> Computer Sciences (2010); 18th World rank in Life <strong>and</strong> Agriculture Sciences (2010); 23rd World<br />

rank in Natural Sciences <strong>and</strong> Mathematics (2010)<br />

201


8. Financial st<strong>and</strong>ing (for non-publicly funded entities only): Provide evidence where available of the<br />

good financial st<strong>and</strong>ing of the partner institution. This could include partner institution's most recent<br />

Annual Report <strong>and</strong> Accounts. Free copies of reports may be available from the partner's web site.<br />

Other online sources of financial information include The Annual Reports Library <strong>and</strong> Company Annual<br />

Reports Online (CAROL)<br />

9. How long has the proposed partner been in existence in its current form? since 1885<br />

10. Does the proposed partner have any current or previous links with QMUL? Please state.<br />

UIUC students have been participating in QMUL's Study Abroad programme for many years.<br />

11. Does the proposed partner have any current or previous links with other UK or overseas HE<br />

institutions? Please state.<br />

Current UK partners: City University, Cass Business School<br />

Manchester Business School, University of Manchester<br />

Newcastle University<br />

Northumbria University<br />

Pembroke College, University of Cambridge<br />

<strong>Queen</strong>'s University Belfast<br />

Swansea University<br />

University of Aberdeen<br />

University of Bristol<br />

University College London<br />

University of East Anglia<br />

University of Glasgow<br />

University of Leeds<br />

University of Liverpool<br />

University of Nottingham<br />

University of Sheffield<br />

University of Stirling<br />

University of Sussex<br />

University of York<br />

12. Include information on any cultural, academic or other issues that you think relevant to assess the<br />

good st<strong>and</strong>ing of the proposed partnership, or which might raise issues of concern.<br />

202


13. For joint awards only: Does the proposed partner have the legal<br />

authority to award joint degrees?<br />

14. In the case of outgoing student exchanges: Confirmation that a site visit has been carried out to the<br />

Partner institution <strong>and</strong> that there are appropriate facilities in place for QMUL students.<br />

QMUL Study Abroad Office staff have visited UIUC on a number of occasions. UIU offers excellent academic <strong>and</strong> support<br />

services.<br />

15. For overseas partners: Are there any current FCO concerns regarding personal safety, health <strong>and</strong><br />

travel to the area in question? (check Foreign <strong>and</strong> Commonwealth Office Country Profile <strong>and</strong> Travel<br />

Advice).<br />

No<br />

16. Details <strong>and</strong> Title of contact at academic lead at QMUL<br />

Name<br />

Role<br />

Andrew George<br />

Director of Study abroad <strong>and</strong> Exchanges<br />

Telephone Number 020 7882 5071<br />

E-mail Address<br />

a.j.george@qmul.ac.uk<br />

203


<strong>Queen</strong> <strong>Mary</strong> Collaborative Provision<br />

Risk Assessment Form<br />

The following types of collaborative proposals require the Risk Assessment:<br />

Articulation <strong>and</strong> Progression Agreements<br />

Single Taught Award<br />

Split-site research degree programmes<br />

Exchange Agreement<br />

Joint/Dual Award Agreement<br />

TTInsert Name<br />

The University of Illinois at Urbana-Champaign<br />

The Context<br />

Student Language<br />

Description Score Tick one in each<br />

category<br />

English first language (UK or overseas) 1<br />

English second language (UK-based) 2<br />

English second language (overseas) 3<br />

Cultural <strong>and</strong> educational context<br />

UK 1<br />

EU 2<br />

US/Canada/Australia/NZ 2<br />

Other 3<br />

The Proposed Partner<br />

Status<br />

Publicly funded University<br />

0<br />

approved/supported)<br />

Privately-funded University 1<br />

Public funded FE College 2<br />

Private College or Education Provider 3<br />

Public/private organisation – main function 4<br />

not education, but substantial education<br />

provision<br />

Resources<br />

Well resourced large organisation 1<br />

Well resourced small organisation 2<br />

Any size with limited resources 3<br />

204


Role of partner in delivery<br />

Administrative support (for distance or e- 1<br />

learning)<br />

Study support (for distance or e-learning) 2<br />

Delivery of teaching & assessment 3<br />

Partner’s expertise in this field<br />

At this level 1<br />

At lower level 2<br />

None 3<br />

Partner’s previous collaboration with UK (or other) HEIs<br />

At this level 1<br />

At lower level 2<br />

None 3<br />

The Proposed Programme<br />

Collaborative ‘history’<br />

Established collaborative programme 1<br />

Established at QMUL only 2<br />

New programme 3<br />

HEQF level<br />

Level 3 1<br />

Level 4,5,6 2<br />

Level 7,8,9 3<br />

QA processes of partner institution<br />

Defined/comparable 1<br />

Defined/some level of concern 2<br />

Not known 3<br />

Total Score 13<br />

Add up the individual scores: 1 = low risk; 2-3 = medium risk; 4 = high risk<br />

Overall risk scores: 10 – 15 = low; 16 -21 = medium; 22 – 31 = High<br />

The overall total score of any proposal will lie between 9 (min) <strong>and</strong> 31 (max),<br />

with 9 – 15 regarded as ‘low risk’; 16 – 21 as ‘medium risk’; <strong>and</strong> 22 – 31 as ‘high risk’.<br />

Note:<br />

Proposals with high risk assessment scores will require careful consideration <strong>and</strong><br />

scrutiny before a decision to proceed is given.<br />

In addition to completion of the Collaborative Risk Assessment Form, QMUL staff<br />

or students proposing to travel to the partner institution's country should consult<br />

QM policy on safe business travel <strong>and</strong> emergency procedures which you can find<br />

on the Procurement web pages on http://connect.qmul.ac.uk/travel/index.html<br />

205


TPB2011-031<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31/01/12<br />

<strong>Paper</strong> title<br />

Outcome requested<br />

Report of Proposals Approved by Schools/Institutes<br />

Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to note the<br />

proposals that have been approved by Schools/Institutes<br />

since its last meeting.<br />

Comments from the<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />

The arrangements for programme <strong>and</strong> module approval in<br />

2011/12 devolve to School/Institute Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching<br />

Committees (or equivalent) decision making for minor<br />

programme amendments, st<strong>and</strong>ard module proposals,<br />

module amendments, <strong>and</strong> module withdrawals.<br />

The attached report covers decisions taken by<br />

School/Institute Learning <strong>and</strong> Teaching Committees from<br />

03/11/2011 – 10/01/12<br />

206


Approval Body<br />

School/Institute L&T Committee / Head of<br />

School/Institute<br />

Report Period Period 3<br />

Proposal Type<br />

School/Institute<br />

Programme/M<br />

odule Code Programme/Module Title Implementation Date Brief Description / Comments<br />

Module Amendment Biological <strong>and</strong> Chemical Sciences SBC617 The Psychology of Sociality <strong>and</strong> the Origins of Morality January 2012 Assessment methods <strong>and</strong> weightings<br />

Business <strong>and</strong> Management BUS212 Ethics <strong>and</strong> Business January 2012 Assessment methods <strong>and</strong> weightings<br />

BUS302 Organization & Identity September 2012 Assessment methods <strong>and</strong> weightings<br />

Engineering <strong>and</strong> Materials Science MELM005 Ultrasound <strong>and</strong> Imaging January 2012 Minor change to content description, semseter B module.<br />

English <strong>and</strong> Drama ESH205 Black Writing in Britain January 2012 Assessment change from seminar presentation to class participation<br />

ESH391 Writing Sixteenth Century Lives January 2012 Word count reduction<br />

Electronic Engineering <strong>and</strong> Computer Science ELE104 Professional Applications September 2011 Minor change to assessment weightings. Module in Sem A & B, assessments in Sem B. Students were consulted<br />

ELE444 Communication Systems Electronics January 2012 Assessment method <strong>and</strong> weightings<br />

Module Proposal Business <strong>and</strong> Management BUS325 Organization & Environment January 2013 (blank)<br />

Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film ESH7000 Dissertation September 2012 (blank)<br />

History HST6330 Empire to Independence: The Making of Modern India, 17January 2012 (blank)<br />

Module Withdrawal Mathematical Sciences ASTM003 Angular Momentum <strong>and</strong> Accretion in Astrophysics (7.5 cre(blank) Has been out of use<br />

ASTM005 Research Methods in Astronomy (7.5 credits) (blank) Has been out of use<br />

ASTM041 Relativistic Astrophysics (7.5 credits) (blank) Has been out of use<br />

ASTM051 Plasma Astrophysics (7.5 credits) (blank) Has been out of use<br />

ASTM052 Extragalactic Astrophysics (7.5 credits) (blank) Has been out of use<br />

MTH4109 Fundamentals of Statistics I (blank) Has been out of use<br />

MTH6119 Fluid Dynamics (blank) Has been out of use<br />

MTH6133 Solving Partial Differential Equations (blank) Has been out of use<br />

MTHM017 Groups <strong>and</strong> Representations (blank) Has been out of use<br />

MTHM018 Dynamical Systems I (blank) Has been out of use<br />

MTHM019 Dynamical Systems II (blank) Has been out of use<br />

MTHM020 Projective <strong>and</strong> Polar Spaces (blank) Has been out of use<br />

MTHM027 Quantum Computation (blank) Has been out of use<br />

MTHM029 Introduction to Commutative Algebra <strong>and</strong> Algebraic Geom(blank) Has been out of use<br />

MTHM034 Quadratic Forms (blank) Has been out of use<br />

MTHM036 Permutation Groups (blank) Has been out of use<br />

Programme Amendment Economics <strong>and</strong> Finance L1S3 MSc Banking <strong>and</strong> Finance September 2012 Addition of an elective module<br />

L1T1 MSc Investment <strong>and</strong> Finance September 2012 Addition of an elective module<br />

Electronic Engineering <strong>and</strong> Computer Science H6K4 Telecommunication Systems (Networks) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />

H6K6 Telecommunication Systems (Internet Computing) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />

H6K8 Telecommunication Systems (Applications) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />

H6K5 Telecommunication Systems (Networks) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />

H6K7 Telecommunication Systems (Internet Computing) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />

H6K9 Telecommunication Systems (Applications) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />

H6W2 Mobile & Wireless Networks (Networks Pathway) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />

H6W3 Mobile & Wireless Networks (Physical Pathway) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />

H6W1 Mobile & Wireless Networks (Networks Pathway) September 2012 Change in title, due to incorrect proposal submitted to April PMAB. Remove pathway, to one title<br />

207


TPB2011-032<br />

Taught Programmes Board 31/01/2011<br />

<strong>Paper</strong> title<br />

Outcome requested<br />

Report from the Marketing, Recruitment <strong>and</strong> Admissions<br />

Group (MRAG)<br />

Taught Programmes Board (TPB) is asked to note the<br />

proposals that have been approved by MRAG.<br />

Comments from the<br />

<strong>Academic</strong> <strong>Secretariat</strong><br />

MRAG considers <strong>and</strong> approves proposals to withdraw<br />

programmes <strong>and</strong> these are reported to TPB for information.<br />

208


Approval Body<br />

Marketing, Recruitment <strong>and</strong> Admissions Group (CA)<br />

Report Period Period 3<br />

Proposal Type<br />

School/Institute<br />

Programme/M<br />

odule Code Programme/Module Title Last Intake<br />

Prgramme Withdrawal Languages, Linguistics <strong>and</strong> Film LR71 BA French <strong>and</strong> Geography September 2011<br />

LREZ BA French <strong>and</strong> Geography September 2011<br />

LR74 BA Hispanic Studies <strong>and</strong> Geography September 2011<br />

LRGZ BA Hispanic Studies <strong>and</strong> Geography September 2011<br />

209

Hooray! Your file is uploaded and ready to be published.

Saved successfully!

Ooh no, something went wrong!